{"title":"All Products","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"shiso-perilla-red-seeds","title":"Shiso (Perilla) – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShiso growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerilla frutescens var. crispa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm-season annual herb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks after last frost once soil is warm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface sow; needs light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12–18 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–21 days at 68–75°F; cold-stratify 1–2 weeks to improve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to partial shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 60–70 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eBotanical Name: \u003cem\u003ePerilla frutescens\u003c\/em\u003e var. \u003cem\u003ecrispa\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen shiso (Perilla frutescens), also known as Japanese basil or perilla, is a nutritious herb used in Asian cuisine. The fragrant leaves are eaten raw. This is a warm-season annual herb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirements:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade. It requires at least 4-6 hours of sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal Temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e:  68°F to 75°F (20°C to 24°C). Shiso thrives in warm weather but is sensitive to frost. Plant shiso after the last frost in spring, and avoid temperatures dropping below 50°F (10°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWell-draining soil\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shiso prefers \u003cstrong\u003erich, well-drained soil\u003c\/strong\u003e with good moisture retention. A loamy soil with a pH between \u003cstrong\u003e5.5 and 6.5\u003c\/strong\u003e is ideal, but it can tolerate a wide range of soil types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients\u003c\/strong\u003e: Adding organic matter, like compost, to the soil before planting enhances growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConsistent moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shiso requires regular watering to keep the soil consistently moist but not waterlogged. Avoid letting the soil dry out completely, especially in hot weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant spacing\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shiso plants should be spaced about 12 to 18 inches (30 to 45 cm) apart to allow for airflow and healthy growth, as they can become bushy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm, humid climates\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shiso grows best in warm, humid climates typical of summer conditions, but it can be grown as an annual in temperate regions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShiso is relatively easy to grow and can also be cultivated in containers, making it adaptable for various garden settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional content \u003c\/strong\u003eof green shiso per 100 grams (about 3.5 ounces) of raw leaves:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMacronutrients:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories\u003c\/strong\u003e: 37 kcal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtein\u003c\/strong\u003e: 2.9 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbohydrates\u003c\/strong\u003e: 7.4 g\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugars\u003c\/strong\u003e: 0 g (minimal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiber\u003c\/strong\u003e: 7.3 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFat\u003c\/strong\u003e: 0.2 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVitamins:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin A\u003c\/strong\u003e: 50% of the Daily Value (DV) (mostly as carotenoids)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin C\u003c\/strong\u003e: 43% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin K\u003c\/strong\u003e: 500% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolate (Vitamin B9)\u003c\/strong\u003e: 3% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMinerals:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalcium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 23% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIron\u003c\/strong\u003e: 21% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnesium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 13% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePotassium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 10% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManganese\u003c\/strong\u003e: 90% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Nutrients:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhenolic compounds\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shiso contains phenolic compounds and flavonoids, such as rosmarinic acid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOmega-3 Fatty Acids\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shiso seeds and leaves contain small amounts of omega-3 fatty acids, though the seed oil is a more concentrated source.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen shiso is a low-calorie herb with a good balance of fiber, vitamins, and minerals, and it is particularly high in Vitamin K.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShiso FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the seeds need special treatment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShiso germinates better after 1–2 weeks of cold, moist storage in the fridge. Sow on the surface since it needs light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant shiso?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the last frost in spring; it grows through hot summers, especially with afternoon shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a 2–3 gallon pot per plant works well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it reseed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, shiso self-sows freely; remove flower spikes if you do not want volunteers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Red Shiso\/ Perilla","offer_id":48174925349138,"sku":"STL-9115948876050","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20210628_145707.png?v=1724364784"},{"product_id":"marshmallow-plant-althaea-officinalis","title":"Marshmallow Plant (Althaea officinalis) – 50 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMarshmallow growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlthaea officinalis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerennial, USDA zones 3–9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFall outdoors, or spring after cold stratification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8–1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18–24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks; improved by 4–6 weeks of cold stratification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to partial shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually second year; blooms summer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–5 feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarshmallow plant (\u003cem\u003eAlthaea officinalis\u003c\/em\u003e) roots were originally used in France in candy and pastry making to make Pâte de Guimauve. The plant produces beautiful pale pink flowers in summer and soft, velvety gray-green leaves. It is an easy-to-grow perennial that adds beauty to the garden and thrives in mild weather and moist, fertile soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can find more information on marshmallow plants on our blog: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.aseedtolife.com\/blogs\/gardening\/marshmallow-plant-history-of-a-delicious-desert\"\u003ehttps:\/\/www.aseedtolife.com\/blogs\/gardening\/marshmallow-plant-history-of-a-delicious-desert\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMarshmallow FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the seeds need stratification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGermination improves after 4–6 weeks of cold, moist storage. Fall sowing outdoors does this naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs marshmallow perennial?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, hardy in zones 3–9. It dies back in winter and regrows in spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat growing conditions does it like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoist, fertile soil in sun or part shade; it naturally grows in damp meadows and marsh edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow outdoors in late fall or winter in any region, or start stratified seed in early spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48175761293586,"sku":"STL-9116173304082","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/MarshmallowMain.jpg?v=1709525402"},{"product_id":"genovese-basil-seeds","title":"Organic Basil 'Genovese' – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGenovese Basil growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOcimum basilicum 'Genovese'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors 6 weeks before last frost, or outdoors 1–2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 days at 70°F or warmer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60–70 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch3 data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"84\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"4\" data-end=\"82\"\u003eGenovese Basil (\u003cem data-start=\"22\" data-end=\"51\"\u003eOcimum basilicum 'Genovese'\u003c\/em\u003e) – The Classic Italian Basil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"86\" data-end=\"403\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"86\" data-end=\"104\"\u003eGenovese Basil\u003c\/strong\u003e is the \u003cstrong data-start=\"112\" data-end=\"129\"\u003egold standard\u003c\/strong\u003e when it comes to sweet basil varieties—\u003cstrong data-start=\"169\" data-end=\"212\"\u003erich in flavor, aromatic, and essential\u003c\/strong\u003e in traditional Italian cuisine. With its \u003cstrong data-start=\"254\" data-end=\"301\"\u003elarge, dark green, slightly crinkled leaves\u003c\/strong\u003e, this heirloom variety is perfect for making authentic pesto, Caprese salads, and fresh pasta sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4 data-start=\"405\" data-end=\"429\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"410\" data-end=\"427\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"430\" data-end=\"822\" class=\"\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong data-start=\"433\" data-end=\"461\"\u003eAuthentic Italian Flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e – Sweet, slightly spicy, and intensely aromatic.\u003cbr data-start=\"510\" data-end=\"513\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong data-start=\"516\" data-end=\"537\"\u003ePerfect for Pesto\u003c\/strong\u003e – The #1 choice for making classic Genovese pesto.\u003cbr data-start=\"588\" data-end=\"591\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong data-start=\"594\" data-end=\"615\"\u003eProlific Producer\u003c\/strong\u003e – Fast-growing and high-yielding with proper pinching.\u003cbr data-start=\"670\" data-end=\"673\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong data-start=\"676\" data-end=\"693\" data-is-only-node=\"\"\u003eLoves the Sun\u003c\/strong\u003e – Thrives in full sun with rich, well-drained soil.\u003cbr data-start=\"745\" data-end=\"748\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong data-start=\"751\" data-end=\"773\"\u003eContainer Friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Great for garden beds, pots, or windowsills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"824\" data-end=\"859\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"828\" data-end=\"857\"\u003eHow to Use Genovese Basil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"862\" data-end=\"872\"\u003eFresh:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add to salads, sandwiches, or as a pizza topping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"927\" data-end=\"939\"\u003eBlended:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make fresh pesto, herb oils, or compound butters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"994\" data-end=\"1006\"\u003eInfused:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steep in olive oil or vinegar for a flavorful twist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"1063\" data-end=\"1086\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1067\" data-end=\"1084\"\u003eGrowing Tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest regularly to encourage bushier growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePinch off flowers to keep the plant producing flavorful leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest grown in warm weather—plant after the last frost for optimal results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1286\" data-end=\"1453\" class=\"\"\u003eFragrant, flavorful, and easy to grow, \u003cstrong data-start=\"1325\" data-end=\"1367\"\u003eGenovese Basil is a culinary essential\u003c\/strong\u003e that brings the taste of Italy straight to your kitchen garden. Buon appetito! 🍃🇮🇹\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGenovese Basil FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant basil?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow or transplant 1–2 weeks after last frost once soil warms. Basil thrives in summer heat; warm regions can resow through July.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow basil in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A 6–8 inch pot in full sun works well; water when the top inch is dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I keep basil producing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePinch off flower buds and harvest tips regularly to keep the plant bushy and leafy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48175912059154,"sku":"STL-9116276293906","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/BasilMain.jpg?v=1709525715"},{"product_id":"100-seeds-radicchio-seeds-palla-rosa","title":"Radicchio 'Palla Rosa' – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRadicchio 'Palla Rossa' growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCichorium intybus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool-season crop grown as an annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly spring, or late summer about 10–12 weeks before first fall frost for fall heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–12 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–7 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to light shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 80–100 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRadicchio – Palla Rosa\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eCichorium intybus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePalla Rosa is a round, Chioggia-type radicchio that forms firm, softball-sized heads of wine-red leaves with white veins. Its crisp, pleasantly bitter leaves brighten salads and are delicious grilled, roasted, or tossed into pasta and risotto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool-season crop grown as an annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early spring or late summer. In warm regions (zones 8–10), sow August–September for fall heads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–12 inches apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3–7 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to light shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 80–100 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heading and red color need cool temperatures, so fall plantings perform far better than spring plantings, especially in warm regions. Keep soil evenly moist for tender, less bitter leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRadicchio 'Palla Rossa' FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant radicchio?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCold regions (zones 3–6): sow in early spring or midsummer for a fall crop. Warm regions (zones 8–10): sow late summer to early fall for fall and winter harvest, or late winter for spring. Heat causes bitterness and bolting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long until harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost radicchio are ready in about 60–90 days from sowing, depending on variety and season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a pot at least 8 inches deep and keep the soil evenly moist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy isn't my radicchio forming red heads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeading and red color need cool temperatures; fall plantings head up and color far better than spring plantings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48464351756562,"sku":"STL-9210101563666","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/Radicchio_Palla_Rosa.png?v=1717622986"},{"product_id":"100-seeds-endive-seeds-salad-king-chicory","title":"Endive 'Salad King' – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCurled endive 'Salad King' growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCichorium endivia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly spring, or late summer about 10–12 weeks before first fall frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–12 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–7 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to partial shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 85–100 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEndive – Salad King\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eCichorium endivia\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalad King is a large, frilly curled endive (frisée type) with finely cut, deep green outer leaves and a paler, tender heart. Endive is a type of chicory (\u003cem\u003eCichorium endivia\u003c\/em\u003e, chicory family). The leaves have a mild bitterness that adds crunch and character to salads, and they hold up well when wilted or lightly cooked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool-season annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early spring or late summer. In warm regions (zones 8–10), sow August–September for fall and winter harvests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10–12 inches apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3–7 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 85–100 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e For a milder, paler heart, blanch plants by tying the outer leaves together (or covering the center) for 1–2 weeks before harvest. Cool weather gives the best flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCurled endive 'Salad King' FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant endive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCold regions (zones 3–6): sow in early spring or midsummer for a fall crop. Warm regions (zones 8–10): sow late summer to early fall for fall and winter harvest, or late winter for spring. Heat causes bitterness and bolting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long until harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost endives are ready in about 60–90 days from sowing, depending on variety and season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a pot at least 8 inches deep and keep the soil evenly moist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I make the leaves less bitter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow in cool weather and blanch the center by tying outer leaves together for 1–2 weeks before harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48464383246610,"sku":"STL-9210106282258","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/EndiveSaladKind.png?v=1711927600"},{"product_id":"seeds-1g-800-organic-watercress-nasturtium-officinale","title":"Organic Watercress (Nasturtium officinale) – 800 Seeds (1g)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSEEDS 1g growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasturtium officinale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerennial aquatic herb, usually grown as a cool-season crop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly spring or fall; warm regions (zones 8–10) sow fall through late winter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface sow; press lightly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–6 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–14 days at 50–60°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to partial shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 50–60 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 g (about 800 seeds)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatercress\u003c\/strong\u003e (\u003cem\u003eNasturtium officinale\u003c\/em\u003e) is a fast-growing, peppery leafy green. It is a good source of vitamin C, calcium and magnesium. Enjoy the tender leaves fresh in salads and sandwiches or lightly cooked in soups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatercress loves cool weather and constant moisture. It does not need a stream: grow it in a pot set in a tray of water (change the water often) or in soil that stays wet. Grow it in spring and fall, or fall through early spring in warm regions (zones 8–10); it bolts in summer heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou will get 1 g of organic watercress seeds, approximately 800 seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSEEDS 1g FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need running water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Grow it in a pot set in a tray of water, changing the water often, or in constantly wet soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow it in the cool season: early spring and fall in cold regions (zones 3–6), fall through early spring in warm regions (zones 8–10). It bolts in summer heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, containers kept sitting in water are the easiest home method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48464403005714,"sku":"STL-9210108608786","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/Watercress.png?v=1711927866"},{"product_id":"100-seeds-red-travisto-endive","title":"Radicchio 'Red Treviso' (Chicory) – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRadicchio 'Red Treviso' growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCichorium intybus (Treviso-type radicchio)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool-season crop grown as an annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly spring, or 10–12 weeks before first fall frost for a fall harvest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–12 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–7 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to light shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 80–100 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRed Treviso Radicchio\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eCichorium intybus\u003c\/em\u003e (Treviso-type radicchio)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreviso is a classic Italian radicchio, a type of chicory (\u003cem\u003eCichorium intybus\u003c\/em\u003e), that forms upright, elongated heads of deep red leaves with bright white ribs. The leaves have a pleasant bitter bite that mellows with cool weather and cooking. Use them fresh in salads, or grill, roast, and braise them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool-season crop grown as an annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early spring, or mid\/late summer for a fall crop. In warm regions (zones 8–10), sow August–September.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–12 inches apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3–7 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to light shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 80–100 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deepest red color develops in cool fall weather. Summer heat makes leaves more bitter and can cause bolting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRadicchio 'Red Treviso' FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant Treviso radicchio?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCold regions (zones 3–6): sow in early spring or midsummer for a fall crop. Warm regions (zones 8–10): sow late summer to early fall for fall and winter harvest, or late winter for spring. Heat causes bitterness and bolting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long until harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost radicchio are ready in about 60–90 days from sowing, depending on variety and season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a pot at least 8 inches deep and keep the soil evenly moist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are my leaves green instead of red?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed color develops best in cool weather. Fall-grown plants color up much more than spring or summer plantings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48464412606738,"sku":"STL-9210110050578","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/Red_Travisto_Endive_Lettuce.png?v=1717622791"},{"product_id":"bayleaf-plant-laurus-nobilis","title":"Bay Leaf Plant (Laurus nobilis)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBay laurel growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaurus nobilis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to part shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular while establishing; drought tolerant once mature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRich, well-drained; avoid soggy soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardiness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA zones 8–11; protect from prolonged freezes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMature size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–30 ft in ground; 4–8 ft in containers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContainers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes; start in 12-inch pot, move up as it grows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\" data-end=\"456\" data-start=\"0\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong data-end=\"34\" data-start=\"3\"\u003eBay Leaf (\u003cem data-end=\"31\" data-start=\"15\"\u003eLaurus nobilis\u003c\/em\u003e)\u003c\/strong\u003e is an aromatic evergreen herb prized for its glossy, fragrant leaves, which are widely used to flavor soups, stews, sauces, and other savory dishes. This slow-growing Mediterranean plant is both ornamental and culinary, making it an excellent choice for herb gardens, patios, and containers. Bay Laurel can be pruned into an attractive shrub or allowed to grow into a small tree, providing fresh leaves for years to come.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\" aria-hidden=\"true\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"474\" data-start=\"458\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-end=\"474\" data-start=\"458\"\u003eKey Details:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"496\" data-start=\"477\"\u003eBotanical Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem data-end=\"513\" data-start=\"497\"\u003eLaurus nobilis\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"525\" data-start=\"516\"\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Evergreen perennial herb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"576\" data-start=\"553\"\u003eUSDA Growing Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–11 (grow in containers and overwinter indoors in colder climates)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"664\" data-start=\"647\"\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10–30 feet in the ground; 4–8 feet in containers with pruning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"745\" data-start=\"729\"\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5–20 feet in the ground; 2–4 feet in containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-end=\"813\" data-start=\"796\"\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright, dense shrub or small tree\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"863\" data-start=\"850\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-end=\"863\" data-start=\"850\"\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAromatic leaves for fresh or dried culinary use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvergreen foliage provides year-round beauty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-lived and easy to maintain once established\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent for containers, herb gardens, and landscape plantings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be pruned into a compact shrub or decorative topiary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"1162\" data-start=\"1138\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-end=\"1162\" data-start=\"1138\"\u003eGrowing Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrefers full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlant in rich, well-drained soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater regularly while establishing; drought tolerant once mature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect from prolonged freezing temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlow-growing but highly rewarding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"1408\" data-start=\"1385\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-end=\"1408\" data-start=\"1385\"\u003ePlant Care \u0026amp; Notes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest mature leaves as needed throughout the year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for container growing in colder climates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrune regularly to maintain the desired shape and size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeer resistant once established\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBay laurel FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan bay laurel grow outdoors year-round?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn zones 8–10, established plants can survive; cover or move potted plants during hard freezes. In colder regions, grow it in a pot and overwinter indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a pot?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It does well in containers and can be pruned to stay 4–8 feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen can I start harvesting leaves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick mature leaves anytime once the plant is established; older leaves have the best flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48464425058578,"sku":"STL-9210111459602","price":15.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/BayleafPlant.jpg?v=1711928156"},{"product_id":"snake-gourd-seeds-heirloom","title":"Snake Gourd – 10 Seeds, Heirloom","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSnake gourd growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrichosanthes cucumerina var. anguina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm-season annual vine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAfter last frost when soil is above 70°F, usually 2–4 weeks after last frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1\/2–1 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 feet apart on a sturdy trellis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–14 days in warm soil (70–90°F); soaking seeds overnight helps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 60–80 days; pick fruits young and tender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003eSnake Gourd- Trichosanthes cucumerina var. anguina\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSnake gourd FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant snake gourd?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow outdoors 1–2 weeks after the last frost once soil is warm. It needs a long, hot summer; in cold regions, start indoors 3–4 weeks early.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to soak the seeds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoaking seeds in water overnight before sowing can speed up germination of the hard seed coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need a trellis?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Growing on a tall trellis or arbor keeps fruits straight and clean; some growers tie a small weight to the fruit tip for straighter gourds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen do I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest while fruits are young and tender, usually 12–20 inches long; mature fruits turn tough and bitter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48464441409810,"sku":"STL-9210114081042","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/Young-Snake-Gourd.jpg?v=1738344361"},{"product_id":"seeds-100-holy-basil-ocimum-tenuiflorum","title":"Holy Basil (Ocimum tenuiflorum) – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHoly basil, tulsi growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOcimum tenuiflorum (syn. O. sanctum)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual; tender perennial in zones 10–11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors 6–8 weeks before last frost, or outdoors 1–2 weeks after last frost in warm soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface sow or barely cover (1\/8 inch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12–18 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–14 days at 70–85°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeaves in about 60–80 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHoly Basil\u003c\/strong\u003e (\u003cem\u003eOcimum tenuiflorum\u003c\/em\u003e), also known as \u003cstrong\u003eTulsi\u003c\/strong\u003e, is a sacred, aromatic herb with a long place in Indian tradition and cooking. This fast-growing plant produces fragrant green or purple-tinged leaves with a slightly spicy, clove-like flavor, perfect for herbal teas and cooking. Its small flower spikes attract bees and other pollinators. Easy to grow in gardens or containers, it thrives in warm, sunny conditions; sow 1–2 weeks after last frost once the soil is warm. A must-have for herb gardeners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHoly basil, tulsi FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant tulsi?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1–2 weeks after last frost once soil is warm, or start indoors 6–8 weeks earlier. It thrives in summer heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the seeds need light?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, press them onto the surface or cover very lightly; keep warm and moist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, an 8–12 inch pot in full sun works well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48464453304594,"sku":"STL-9210115653906","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/402747208_25076188848647076_7597311276845102497_n.jpg?v=1711928675"},{"product_id":"100-seeds-red-amaranth-amaranthus-viridus","title":"Amaranth 'Red Leaf' – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRed amaranth growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eListed as Amaranthus viridis; red leaf types are usually A. tricolor or A. dubius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAfter last frost when soil is above 65°F; in Texas, April–August\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8–1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–12 inches apart for greens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 days in warm soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeaves in about 30–45 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRed Amaranth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed amaranth is a fast-growing, heat-loving leafy green with deep red to burgundy leaves. It is a favorite in Indian, Southeast Asian, African, and Caribbean cooking, where the young leaves and tender stems are stir-fried, added to dal and curries, or cooked like spinach. The colorful foliage also looks great in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdible parts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Young leaves and tender stems; mature seeds can also be harvested\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm-season annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e After last frost when soil is above 65°F. In Texas, sow April–August.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8–1\/4 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6–12 inches apart for greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5–10 days in warm soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leaves in about 30–45 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pinch the growing tips to keep plants bushy and producing. Amaranth can self-seed heavily, so cut flower heads before seeds drop if you don't want volunteers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRed amaranth FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant amaranth in Texas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow after the last frost through late summer. It handles heat well and grows fastest in warm soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I harvest amaranth greens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick young leaves and tender tips, or cut whole young plants; pinching tips encourages new growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it reseed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, amaranth can self-seed heavily. Cut flower heads before seeds drop if you don't want volunteers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48464474243346,"sku":"STL-9210118373650","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/423626383_7564455063607286_3787339765144605465_n.png?v=1717622095"},{"product_id":"bacopa-monnieri-multiple-live-brahmi-plants-in-3-inch-pot","title":"Brahmi (Bacopa monnieri) – Live Plants, 3\" Pot","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBrahmi \/ water hyssop growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBacopa monnieri\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to part shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep constantly moist; grows in wet soil or shallow water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRich, moist soil; tolerates boggy conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardiness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerennial in USDA zones 8–11; protect from hard freezes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMature size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreeping, 4–6 in tall, spreading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContainers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes; any pot without drying out, or a water tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePot size shipped\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-inch pot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrahmi- Bacopa monnieri plants in 3 inch pot. These plants are grown in clean organic soil.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eIt is a fast growing herb that grows in water as well as in soil. The leaves are edible and used in salads or stir-fry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere is a video for more information on growing: How to Grow Brahmi | Bacopa Monnieri | Pennywort\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ehttps:\/\/youtu.be\/Ahx55Pidz0o\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBrahmi \/ water hyssop FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow Brahmi in water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It grows in shallow water or in soil that stays consistently wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive winter outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt tolerates light frost; in warm regions bring it indoors or cover it during hard freezes. In cold regions, overwinter it indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a pot?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Keep the pot in a saucer of water so the soil never dries out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the leaves edible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe leaves are eaten in salads and stir-fries in some cuisines; they have a mildly bitter taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48464510451986,"sku":"STL-9210123288850","price":15.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20240506_095520_1.jpg?v=1715007994"},{"product_id":"1-patchouli-herb-rare-perfume-herb-pogostemon-cablin","title":"Patchouli 'Rare Perfume Herb' – Live Plant, 5\" Pot (Pogostemon cablin)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePatchouli herb growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePogostemon cablin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePartial shade to bright indirect light; shade from hot afternoon sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate; let top of soil dry slightly between waterings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, slightly acidic to neutral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardiness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZones 10–11; protect below about 50°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMature size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 feet tall and wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContainers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes; move to an 8–10 inch pot as it grows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePot size shipped\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-inch pot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003ePatchouli (\u003cem\u003ePogostemon cablin\u003c\/em\u003e) is a rare fragrant herb that is used in perfume and essential oil making. The flowers and leaves have a rich, woody smell like musk. Shipped in a 5\" pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003ePogostemon cablin\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatchouli thrives in warm, humid conditions with well-drained soil and bright, filtered light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patchouli prefers tropical or subtropical climates with temperatures between 60°F and 90°F. It is hardy only in zones 10–11; bring it indoors before nights drop below about 50°F.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Partial shade or bright indirect light. Protect from hot afternoon sun, which can scorch the leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderate watering, allowing the top of the soil to dry slightly between waterings to prevent root rot. It wilts quickly if left too dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining soil with a slightly acidic to neutral pH.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFertilization:\u003c\/strong\u003e A well-balanced fertilizer every 2–3 months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aphids, bacterial or fungal wilt, and nematodes can affect patchouli. Use clean potting soil. Washing off the leaves, removing pests by hand, and if needed spraying with neem oil or other horticultural oils helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePatchouli herb FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan patchouli grow outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly in the warm months in most regions, in a shaded spot. Bring it indoors before nights drop below about 50°F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it as a houseplant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, near a bright window out of harsh direct sun, with regular watering and humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the leaves wilting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt wilts quickly when dry; water thoroughly, but don't leave the pot sitting in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48464518643986,"sku":"STL-9210124665106","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/image_67536129.jpg?v=1735410510"},{"product_id":"50-seeds-graffiti-eggplant-solanum-melongena","title":"Eggplant 'Graffiti' (Solanum melongena) – 50 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGraffiti eggplant growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolanum melongena\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm-season annual (perennial only in zones 10–11)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors 6–8 weeks before last frost; transplant 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18–24 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks at 75–85°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun, 6+ hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–120 days from seed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGraffiti Eggplant\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical Name\u003c\/strong\u003e: Solanum melongena\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowing:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is one of the easiest and most rewarding plant to grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt doesn’t survive in extreme winter. Potted plants can be brought inside the garage. Production is many times if the plants are grown in the ground directly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart the seeds indoors 6-8 weeks before the last frost date or sow them in early spring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature for seed germination- 75-85 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth of seed germination- 1\/4\u003csup\u003eth\u003c\/sup\u003e inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeed germination occurs in 1-2 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEggplants likes high humidity. The soil should be kept moist (not waterlogged) all the times for optimal growth. Mulch the plants to increase the soil temperature further.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoil pH – 5.5-7.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrowing Zone- USDA 10-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptimal temperature is between 26°C to 32°C (80°F to 90°F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight Requirements: Sunny 6+ hours of sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDays to maturity 100-120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGraffiti eggplant FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant eggplant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart seeds indoors 8–10 weeks before last frost and transplant 2 weeks after last frost once soil warms. In warm regions, plants often produce again in fall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a 5-gallon or larger pot, though in-ground plants generally yield more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen is Graffiti eggplant ready to pick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest when the purple-and-white striped skin is glossy and springs back when pressed; dull skin means it is overripe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48464570646802,"sku":"STL-9210133479698","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/Eggplant.jpg?v=1712874841"},{"product_id":"butterfly-pea-seeds","title":"Butterfly Pea (Clitoria ternatea) – 15 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eButterfly pea growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClitoria ternatea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTender perennial vine (zones 10–11); annual elsewhere\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAfter last frost when soil is warm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 inches, with trellis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–14 days; soak or nick seed first\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 60–90 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButterfly Pea \/ Aparajita \/ Gokarna (\u003cem\u003eClitoria ternatea\u003c\/em\u003e) is a beautiful vining plant that is easy to take care of. It blooms with vivid blue-purple flowers that are used to make blue-colored tea and many interesting color-changing drinks. When it blooms, it invites many beneficial insects to the garden. Give the vines a trellis or fence to climb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTip: soak the seeds 12–24 hours or lightly nick the hard seed coat before sowing in warm soil after frost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo find out more information you can watch this video.\u003cbr\u003eHow to Grow Butterfly Peas from Seeds? | Aparajita Growing Requirements | Shankhapushpi | Part 2\u003cbr\u003ehttps:\/\/youtu.be\/kjR2V9aGfgE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eButterfly pea FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to soak the seeds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Soak 12–24 hours or lightly nick the hard coat to speed germination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it perennial?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly in frost-free areas (zones 10+); elsewhere grow it as an annual or overwinter it indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, give it a trellis or fence; vines reach 6–10 feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a pot?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, in a 10–12 inch pot with a small trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48464576938258,"sku":"STL-9210134102290","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/Butterflypeawithbutterfly.jpg?v=1712876363"},{"product_id":"30-seeds-of-bhringraj-eclipta-alba","title":"Bhringraj (Eclipta alba) – 30 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBhringraj \/ False daisy growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEclipta prostrata (syn. Eclipta alba)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual; short-lived perennial in zones 10–11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors 6–8 weeks before last frost or outdoors in spring after frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–12 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks; warm soil, 68–95°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun, 6+ hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to maturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55–60 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eBhringraj is a fast-spreading herb with a long history in Indian tradition. The leaves are commonly used in traditional hair oil preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBhringraj\/ False Daisy\/ Maka\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical Name\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cem\u003eEclipta prostrata\u003c\/em\u003e (syn. \u003cem\u003eEclipta alba\u003c\/em\u003e)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBhringraj is native to tropical and subtropical regions and prefers warm climates. It can tolerate a wide range of temperatures, including brief periods of drought.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt doesn't survive extreme winter cold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart the seeds indoors 6–8 weeks before the last frost date or sow outdoors in spring after frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeed depth: 1\/4 inch (or barely cover; seed often germinates better with some light)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeed germination occurs in 1–2 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBhringraj likes high humidity. Keep the soil moist (not waterlogged) at all times for optimal growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoil pH: acidic to neutral\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrowing Zone: USDA 10–11 as a perennial; grown as an annual elsewhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptimal temperature is between 68°F and 95°F (20°C to 35°C).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight requirements: sunny, 6+ hours of sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDays to maturity: 55–60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the plants contained to prevent them from taking over the garden space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore information about this plant can be found here: https:\/\/youtu.be\/KLPz01v2aPs\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBhringraj \/ False daisy FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant bhringraj?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart indoors in late winter or sow outdoors after the last frost; it grows quickly in warm, humid weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need a lot of water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It prefers consistently moist soil and tolerates wet spots, but avoid standing water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it spread?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it spreads and self-seeds readily; grow in a container or contained bed to keep it in check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48464577265938,"sku":"STL-9210134429970","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/Bhringraj.jpg?v=1712875205"},{"product_id":"red-panda-sorrel-100-seeds-rumex-acetosa","title":"Sorrel 'Red Panda' – 100 Seeds (Rumex acetosa)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRed Panda Sorrel growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRumex acetosa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerennial, USDA zones 4–8; often grown as a cool-season crop in warm regions (zones 8–10)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly spring 2–4 weeks before last frost; warm regions (zones 8–10) can also sow in fall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–12 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–14 days at 60–70°F soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to partial shade (afternoon shade in hot-summer regions)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 40–60 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Panda sorrel (\u003cem\u003eRumex acetosa\u003c\/em\u003e) is a striking garden sorrel with green leaves marked by deep red veins. The young leaves have a tangy, lemony taste and can be added to salads both to enhance taste and color. It is a hardy perennial that grows best in cool weather and appreciates afternoon shade in hot summers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSorrel contains a high amount of oxalic acid, hence it should be eaten in moderation. Pregnant women, children, pets, and people with kidney problems should avoid this vegetable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRed Panda Sorrel FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does it taste like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYoung leaves are tangy and lemony. Harvest small leaves for salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it perennial?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, in cooler zones it returns for years. In hot-summer regions it often struggles, so give it afternoon shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a pot 8–10 inches deep works well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it safe for children and pets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSorrel contains oxalic acid; eat in moderation and keep pets from eating large amounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49083272757522,"sku":"STL-9440624541970","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/RedPandaSorrel.jpg?v=1715348051"},{"product_id":"rhubarb-victoria-30-seeds","title":"Rhubarb 'Victoria' – 30 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRhubarb 'Victoria' growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRheum × hybridum (R. rhabarbarum)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerennial, USDA zones 3–8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors 8–10 weeks before last frost; warm regions (zones 8–10) start in fall, plant out fall\/winter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4–1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–4 feet apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–21 days at about 60–70°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun; afternoon shade in hot climates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight harvest in year 2; full harvest from year 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eRhubarb is a perennial vegetable that grows back for up to 8 years. Stalks are used to make pies. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRhubarb 'Victoria' FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes rhubarb grow everywhere?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt thrives in cold regions (zones 3–6). It needs winter cold and dislikes heat, so in warm regions (zones 8–10) it is often short-lived or grown as a cool-season annual with afternoon shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long until I can harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWait until the second year for a light picking; harvest fully from year three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it safe for children and pets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly the stalks are eaten. Rhubarb leaves are toxic to people and pets; do not eat them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill plants from seed match 'Victoria'?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeedlings vary somewhat in stalk color; most are green with red blush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49156586275090,"sku":"STL-9458870681874","price":5.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20240514_d61482e6-49f1-428b-b62a-7015e40ce2e9.png?v=1715834924"},{"product_id":"bitter-leaf-tree-16-18-tall-vernonia-amygdalina-ewuro-yoruba","title":"Bitter Leaf Tree (Vernonia amygdalina) – Live Plant, 1 Gallon Pot","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBitter leaf growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVernonia amygdalina (syn. Gymnanthemum amygdalinum)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular water while growing; drought tolerant once established\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, fertile soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardiness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTropical; USDA zones 10–11, damaged by frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMature size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–10 ft shrub in tropics; smaller in pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContainers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes; 5–15 gallon pot, prune to size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePot size shipped\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-gallon pot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eBitter Leaf (\u003cem\u003eVernonia amygdalina\u003c\/em\u003e), known as Ewuro in Yoruba, is a leafy tropical shrub widely grown in West Africa. Its young leaves are a staple in Nigerian and West African cooking, where they are washed to reduce bitterness and used in dishes such as bitterleaf soup (ofe onugbu) and egusi. The leaves are bitter but full of flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a sun-loving plant that grows best in hot and humid environments. It is drought tolerant once established, but it is frost-tender: leaves and stems are damaged by freezing weather. In cold and mild regions, grow it in a container and bring it indoors when temperatures drop below about 40°F. In-ground plants need heavy mulch and frost cover, and may die back to the roots or be lost in a hard freeze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regular water while growing; drought tolerant once established\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, fertile soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tropical, USDA zones 10–11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6–10 ft shrub in the tropics; smaller in pots and easily pruned\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShipped in:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-gallon pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pick young leaves and stem tips regularly; pruning keeps the plant bushy and productive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBitter leaf FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan bitter leaf survive winter outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly in frost-free areas. Bring potted plants inside below about 40°F; in-ground plants in warm regions need heavy mulch and cover, and may die back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Move up to a larger pot as it grows and prune to keep it bushy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I harvest the leaves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick young leaves and stem tips as needed; pruning encourages new growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49263007793426,"sku":"STL-9495664558354","price":40.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/rn-image_picker_lib_temp_d7509e24-0467-406d-9ef3-cc281bbdc45d.jpg?v=1776289452"},{"product_id":"50-seeds-of-dill-herb-anethum-graveolens","title":"Dill (Anethum graveolens) – 50 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDill growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnethum graveolens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual herb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpring after last frost or fall; warm regions (zones 8–10) sow fall and late winter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12–15 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–21 days at 60–70°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeaves in 40–55 days; seed heads in 85–100 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eDill, a fragrant herb and vegetable. It can be added to savory dishes as well as in stir-fry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese seeds are from my homegrown plants. You can easily grow them in containers as well as in the ground. The leaves are a favorite of black swallowtail caterpillars, and the flowers attract bees and other pollinators. It is perfect even for the butterfly garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDill FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant dill?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow after last frost in spring and again in late summer. Warm regions (zones 8–10): fall and late winter are best; dill bolts quickly in hot weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, use a pot at least 12 inches deep since dill has a taproot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I transplant it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sowing is better; dill dislikes root disturbance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it good for butterflies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is a host plant for black swallowtail caterpillars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49290959618322,"sku":"STL-9507637952786","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20240523_184957.jpg?v=1716694245"},{"product_id":"30-seeds-chocolate-bell-pepper-mini-size-non-gmo-heirloom-capsicum-annuum","title":"Bell Pepper 'Chocolate' Mini – 30 Seeds, Non-GMO, Heirloom","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMini chocolate bell pepper growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm-season annual (tender perennial in frost-free areas)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors 8–10 weeks before last frost; transplant 2 weeks after last frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12–18 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–21 days at 75–85°F soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 70–90 days from transplant for brown fruit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese mini bell peppers or capsicum pepper matures to a deep brown color and grows to 2 inches. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMini chocolate bell pepper FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I start pepper seeds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart indoors 8–10 weeks before last frost and set plants out 2 weeks after last frost, once nights stay above 50°F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow big do the peppers get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese mini bells reach about 2 inches and ripen from green to deep chocolate brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A 3–5 gallon pot per plant works well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy aren't my plants setting fruit in summer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppers often drop blossoms when days exceed about 90°F or nights stay warm; fruit set resumes as temperatures ease in fall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49350951895314,"sku":"STL-9527615783186","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/il_fullxfull.6486764591_hkn1.webp?v=1732074745"},{"product_id":"orach-purple-passion-spinach-100-seeds","title":"Orach 'Purple Passion' Spinach – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrach growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAtriplex hortensis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly spring 2–4 weeks before last frost, and late summer 6–8 weeks before first fall frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4–1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–14 days at 50–65°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to partial shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 30 days baby leaf, 40–60 days mature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMature size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–6 feet tall if left to flower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith vibrant pink-purple leaves, this orach (\u003cem\u003eAtriplex hortensis\u003c\/em\u003e) can add so much beauty to your garden and salad bowl. It is also known by the names French spinach and mountain spinach. It is very easy to grow and is more bolt resistant than the normal spinach varieties. Harvest young leaves for salads in about 30 days, or let plants grow larger for cooking like spinach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrach FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant orach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow in early spring 2–4 weeks before last frost. Warm regions (zones 8–10): late winter and fall. It handles warmth better than spinach but still bolts in summer heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs orach the same as sea purslane?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Orach is Atriplex hortensis, also called French or mountain spinach; sea purslane is a different plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I harvest it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick young leaves and tips often; pinching tops keeps plants bushy and delays flowering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49433276547346,"sku":"STL-9554891145490","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/426699447_7252834628142576_5914702264192342695_n.png?v=1717631037"},{"product_id":"1-live-cuban-oregano-plant-in-a-3-inch-pot-plectranthus-amboinicus","title":"Cuban Oregano 'Variegated' (Plectranthus amboinicus) – Live Plant, 3\" Pot","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVariegated Cuban oregano growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlectranthus amboinicus (syn. Coleus amboinicus)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun, 6+ hours; tolerates part shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLet soil dry between waterings; sensitive to overwatering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-draining sandy mix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardiness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZones 10–11; protect below 40°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMature size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1–2 feet tall and wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContainers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, 6–10 inch pot with drainage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePot size shipped\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-inch pot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan data-sheets-root=\"1\"\u003eLlive Cuban Oregano Plant in a 3 inch pot\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis varigated variety of cuban oregano is not only great tasting but also adds to the beauty of the garden. Cuban oregano pants are fast growing and easy to take care of. Very little maintenance is needed to take care of these plants.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eCuban Oregano\/ Variegated Mexican mint\/ Indian Borage\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003eBotanical Name: \u003cb\u003ePlectranthus amboinicus\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 10.5pt; line-height: normal; mso-outline-level: 1; background: white;\" class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\" mso-bidi- mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-latin; color: #404040; mso-themecolor: text1; mso-themetint: 191;\"\u003eCuban Oregano thrives in warm climates with well-draining soil and ample sunlight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\" line-height: 107%; mso-bidi- mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-latin;\"\u003eClimate: Cuban Oregano prefers hot temperatures but it still can survive drought conditions. They cannot survive when the temperature drops below 40 °F. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\" line-height: 107%; mso-bidi- mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-latin;\"\u003eLight Requirements: It is a sun loving plant that likes to be in sun for more than 6 hours. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\" line-height: 107%; mso-bidi- mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-latin;\"\u003eWatering: Cuban oregano is sensitive to overwatering. Allowing soil to dry out between two waterings will prevent root rot. \u003cspan style=\"mso-spacerun: yes;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\" line-height: 107%; mso-bidi- mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-latin;\"\u003eSoil: Well-draining sandy soil mix is suitable to grow these plants. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\" line-height: 107%; mso-bidi- mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-latin; color: #404040; mso-themecolor: text1; mso-themetint: 191;\"\u003eFertilization: Cuban oregano doesn’t need frequent fertilizer application. Applying diluted liquid fertilizer will promote the growth of new leaves. Harvesting the leaves frequently will give a fuller appearance to the plant. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCountry of Origin- USA\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--td {border: 1px solid #cccccc;}br {mso-data-placement:same-cell;}--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVariegated Cuban oregano FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Cuban oregano survive winter outside?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly in frost-free areas. It is damaged by cold, so bring pots indoors when nights fall toward 40°F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use it in cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe thick, fragrant leaves have a strong oregano-thyme flavor; use sparingly in beans, meats and stews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I propagate it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStem cuttings root quickly in water or moist soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49433653477650,"sku":"STL-9554934858002","price":10.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20240605_170745_1.jpg?v=1757518116"},{"product_id":"cilantro-slow-bolting-100-seeds","title":"Cilantro Slow Bolting – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSlow-bolting cilantro growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoriandrum sativum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly spring and fall; warm regions (zones 8–10) sow fall through winter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4–1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–6 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–14 days at 55–70°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun; afternoon shade in warm weather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 45 days for leaves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Cilantro Slow Bolting (Slower to bolt, larger leaves. It can grow to about two feet tall. Harvest- 45 days)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSlow-bolting cilantro FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does slow bolting mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis type takes longer to flower in warm weather, so you get a longer leaf harvest. It will still bolt in summer heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant cilantro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCold regions (zones 3–6): spring around last frost and late summer. Warm regions (zones 8–10): fall through late winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow tall does it grow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can reach about 2 feet tall when flowering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, in a pot at least 8 inches deep. Sow directly since cilantro dislikes transplanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49433933644050,"sku":"STL-9555015237906","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20240605_141751.jpg?v=1717630480"},{"product_id":"100-seeds-of-cilantro-leisure-harvest-in-28-40-days","title":"Cilantro 'Leisure' (Coriander) – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLeisure cilantro \/ coriander growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoriandrum sativum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly spring and fall; warm regions (zones 8–10) sow fall through winter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4–1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–6 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–14 days at 55–70°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun; afternoon shade in warm weather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeaves 40–50 days; seed (coriander) 90–100 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eCilantro seeds, also known as coriander seeds (\u003cem\u003eCoriandrum sativum\u003c\/em\u003e), are the foundation of one of the most versatile herbs used worldwide. Cilantro is cherished for the vibrant, fresh flavor of its leaves and the warm, citrusy spice of its seeds. \u003cstrong\u003eLeisure\u003c\/strong\u003e is a slow-bolting variety, giving you a longer leaf harvest before plants run to flower. Perfect for gardeners and cooks, cilantro is a must-have for any herb garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCilantro is a cool-season herb. Sow in spring around your last frost and again in late summer; in warm regions (zones 8–10), sow from fall through winter. It bolts quickly in late-spring heat. Sow 1\/4–1\/2 inch deep where it will grow, thin to 4–6 inches, and sow again every 2–3 weeks for a steady supply. Let some plants flower to harvest your own coriander seed. 100 seeds per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLeisure cilantro \/ coriander FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant cilantro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCold regions (zones 3–6): sow spring around last frost and late summer. Warm regions (zones 8–10): fall and winter. It bolts fast in heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I crush or soak the seeds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 'seed' is a husk holding two seeds. Lightly crushing and soaking overnight can speed germination, but isn't required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does my cilantro bolt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat and long days trigger flowering. Succession sow every 2–3 weeks and let bolted plants make coriander seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow cilantro in a pot?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a pot at least 8 inches deep since cilantro has a taproot and dislikes transplanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49433956024594,"sku":"STL-9555023593746","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/423815537_24911307918515717_7314708975478555197_n.jpg?v=1717630480"},{"product_id":"mustard-mizuna-100-seeds","title":"Mustard 'Mizuna' – 100 seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMizuna growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrassica rapa var. japonica\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly spring and fall; warm regions (zones 8–10) can sow through fall into late winter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 inches for baby leaf, 8–12 inches for full plants\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–7 days at 45–85°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to partial shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 20 days baby leaf, 45 days mature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 g (approximately 1,000 seeds)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eA stunning variety of mustard greens, Mizuna with Red Streaks features finely serrated, tender green leaves with vibrant red veins that add both visual appeal and a peppery bite to your dishes. Perfect for salads, stir-fries, or garnishes, this heirloom green offers a delightful balance of mild spiciness and crisp texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a mild tasting mustard variety that is great for salads. Start harvesting baby leaves in just 20 days or wait for the leaves to get mature in 45 days. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical Name: Brassica Rapa japonica\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCountry of Origin- USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMizuna FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant mizuna?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow in early spring and late summer in cold regions (zones 3–6); fall and late winter in warm regions (zones 8–10). It bolts quickly in hot weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I harvest more than once?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Cut leaves an inch above the crown and it regrows for several harvests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in containers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A pot 6 inches deep works well for baby greens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49441109147922,"sku":"STL-9556838744338","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/Screenshot2024-06-06110253.png?v=1717689931"},{"product_id":"premier-kale-seeds-2g","title":"Kale 'Premier' – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremier Kale growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrassica oleracea var. acephala\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool-season annual (biennial grown as annual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly spring 4–6 weeks before last frost, or 6–8 weeks before first fall frost; warm regions (zones 8–10) grow through winter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4–1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12–18 inches apart, rows 18–24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 days at 45–85°F soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to partial shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 60 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003ePremier Kale is a nutrient-rich, high-yielding leafy green variety. Its vibrant green leaves make it a versatile choice for kale chips, soups, salads, and stir-fries. Adaptable to all growing zones, Premier Kale thrives in both full and partial sunlight. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical name: Brassica oleracea var. acephala\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDays to Maturity: 60\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremier Kale FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant kale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow in early spring 4–6 weeks before last frost, or 6–8 weeks before first fall frost. Warm regions (zones 8–10): fall is best and it grows through winter; heat makes it bitter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long until harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 60 days to full size. Baby leaves can be picked in 3–4 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a pot at least 12 inches deep and wide per plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I harvest so it keeps producing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick the lower, outer leaves and leave the central bud growing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49441519796498,"sku":"STL-9556945273106","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/PremierKale.png?v=1717693164"},{"product_id":"red-kale-seeds-2g","title":"Kale 'Red' – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRed Kale growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrassica napus (Red Russian type)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly spring 4–6 weeks before last frost, or 6–8 weeks before first fall frost; warm regions (zones 8–10) grow through winter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4–1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12–18 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 days at 45–85°F soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to partial shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–60 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMature size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18–36 inches tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRed Kale is a vibrant and hardy variety of kale known for its deep red leaves. This nutrient-rich, non-GMO heirloom matures in 50-60 days. The leaves are serrated and have beautiful red and green hues, adding flavor to salads, soups, and stir-fries. Adaptable and resilient, Red Kale thrives in a variety of growing conditions. The plants can grow from 18-36 inches tall. It is a hardy plant that survives below 10\u003cspan\u003e°F.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBotanical Name: Brassica napus\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRed Kale FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow cold-hardy is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery hardy; established plants survive below 10°F, and frost sweetens the leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow in early spring, or 6–8 weeks before first fall frost. Warm regions (zones 8–10): fall sowing gives harvests through winter into spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, in a pot at least 12 inches deep per plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49441575272722,"sku":"STL-9556979187986","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20240308_094626.png?v=1717694398"},{"product_id":"curled-kale-vates-blue-scotch-2g","title":"Kale 'Vates Blue Scotch' Curled – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVates Blue Curled Scotch kale growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrassica oleracea (Acephala group)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool-season biennial grown as an annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly spring 4–6 weeks before last frost, or late summer 6–8 weeks before first fall frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4–1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12–18 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 days at 45–85°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to partial shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60–70 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis heirloom non-GMO curly kale variety (Brassica oleracea var. acephala) looks beautiful and tastes amazing. Maturing in 60-70 days, the curled kale is a frost-hardy vegetable that is great for growing in early spring and late fall. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVates Blue Curled Scotch kale FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant kale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 2–4 weeks before last spring frost, or 6–8 weeks before first fall frost. Warm regions (zones 8–10): fall is best; frost sweetens leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I harvest kale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick outer leaves and let the center keep growing for months of harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan kale grow in containers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, one plant per 3–5 gallon pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49441670824210,"sku":"STL-9556999766290","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/1024px-Boerenkool.png?v=1733801649"},{"product_id":"basil-purple-ruffle-100-seeds","title":"Basil 'Purple Ruffle' – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePurple Ruffles basil growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOcimum basilicum 'Purple Ruffles'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoors 6 weeks before last frost or direct sow when soil reaches 70°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8–1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 days at 70°F+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 70–80 days to full size; pick leaves earlier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eOcimum basilicum\u003c\/em\u003e 'Purple Ruffles'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety of sweet basil not only has vibrant purple color but also ruffled, deeply fringed leaves that give it a distinctive appearance. It is one of those herbs that you can easily sneak into your front yard as an ornamental plant. The leaves have classic sweet basil flavor with a hint of spice, and they make striking garnishes, colorful salads, and ruby-tinted basil vinegar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm-season annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indoors 6 weeks before last frost, or direct sow when soil reaches 70°F; in warm regions, April–August\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8–1\/4 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10–12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5–10 days at 70°F or warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple basils are often a little slower to germinate and grow than green basil. Pinch flower buds and harvest tips regularly to keep plants bushy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePurple Ruffles basil FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant basil?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndoors 6 weeks before last frost or direct sow after frost once soil is warm; it thrives through summer and dies at first frost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a pot at least 8 inches wide in full sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I keep it bushy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePinch off flower buds and harvest tips regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it slower than green basil?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurple-leaf basils are often a bit slower to germinate and grow, so be patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49459958874386,"sku":"STL-9563163656466","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20241218_153526.png?v=1734559019"},{"product_id":"red-tatsoi-seeds-100-pak-choi","title":"Tatsoi 'Red' (Pak Choi) – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRed Tatsoi growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrassica rapa (Rosette Group)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEarly spring 4 weeks before last frost, or 6–8 weeks before first fall frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–8 inches apart, rows 12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–10 days at 50–80°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to partial shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–45 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch3 data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"39\" class=\"\"\u003eRed Tatsoi \/ Red Rosette Bok Choy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"40\" data-end=\"93\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"40\" data-end=\"59\"\u003eBotanical Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem data-start=\"60\" data-end=\"75\"\u003eBrassica rapa\u003c\/em\u003e (Rosette Group)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"95\" data-end=\"443\" class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"95\" data-end=\"109\"\u003eRed Tatsoi\u003c\/strong\u003e is a vibrant twist on the traditional green tatsoi, featuring \u003cstrong data-start=\"172\" data-end=\"214\"\u003edeep red to purple spoon-shaped leaves\u003c\/strong\u003e with a mild, mustardy flavor. This beautiful Asian green forms a compact, low-growing rosette and is ideal for \u003cstrong data-start=\"326\" data-end=\"369\"\u003esalads, stir-fries, soups, or garnishes\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both tender and nutritious, it’s high in \u003cstrong data-start=\"412\" data-end=\"442\"\u003evitamins A, C, and calcium\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"445\" data-end=\"829\" class=\"\"\u003e🌟 \u003cstrong data-start=\"448\" data-end=\"472\"\u003eWhy Grow Red Tatsoi?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"472\" data-end=\"475\"\u003e✔️ \u003cstrong data-start=\"478\" data-end=\"496\"\u003eStriking Color\u003c\/strong\u003e – Adds visual appeal to dishes and garden beds\u003cbr data-start=\"543\" data-end=\"546\"\u003e✔️ \u003cstrong data-start=\"549\" data-end=\"563\"\u003eCold-Hardy\u003c\/strong\u003e – Thrives in cooler seasons and tolerates light frost\u003cbr data-start=\"617\" data-end=\"620\"\u003e✔️ \u003cstrong data-start=\"623\" data-end=\"639\"\u003eFast-Growing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ready to harvest in as little as \u003cstrong data-start=\"675\" data-end=\"689\"\u003e25–45 days\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"689\" data-end=\"692\"\u003e✔️ \u003cstrong data-start=\"695\" data-end=\"710\"\u003eMild Flavor\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tastes like a cross between spinach and mustard greens\u003cbr data-start=\"767\" data-end=\"770\"\u003e✔️ \u003cstrong data-start=\"773\" data-end=\"795\"\u003eCut-and-Come-Again\u003c\/strong\u003e – Great for continuous harvesting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"831\" data-end=\"859\" class=\"\"\u003e🪴 \u003cstrong data-start=\"834\" data-end=\"857\"\u003eGrowing Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"863\" data-end=\"875\"\u003eClimate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prefers \u003cstrong data-start=\"884\" data-end=\"936\"\u003ecool to mild temperatures (45°F–75°F \/ 7°C–24°C)\u003c\/strong\u003e; perfect for \u003cstrong data-start=\"950\" data-end=\"978\"\u003espring and fall planting\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"985\" data-end=\"1008\"\u003eLight Requirements:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grows well in \u003cstrong data-start=\"1023\" data-end=\"1052\"\u003efull sun to partial shade\u003c\/strong\u003e—partial shade is ideal in warmer climates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"1101\" data-end=\"1114\"\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep soil \u003cstrong data-start=\"1125\" data-end=\"1147\"\u003econsistently moist\u003c\/strong\u003e for tender leaves; avoid drying out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"1190\" data-end=\"1199\"\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, \u003cstrong data-start=\"1206\" data-end=\"1227\"\u003ewell-drained soil\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong data-start=\"1233\" data-end=\"1261\"\u003eplenty of organic matter\u003c\/strong\u003e and a pH of \u003cstrong data-start=\"1274\" data-end=\"1285\"\u003e6.0–7.5\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"1292\" data-end=\"1304\"\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Space plants \u003cstrong data-start=\"1318\" data-end=\"1338\"\u003e6–8 inches apart\u003c\/strong\u003e in rows 12 inches apart; can be grown densely for baby greens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"1407\" data-end=\"1422\"\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Harvest individual leaves when young or cut the whole rosette at the base. Frequent picking encourages regrowth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1537\" data-end=\"1657\" class=\"\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong data-start=\"1540\" data-end=\"1552\"\u003ePro Tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red pigmentation deepens in cooler weather—plant in late summer for vibrant fall color and sweet flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1659\" data-end=\"1793\" class=\"\"\u003eGrow \u003cstrong data-start=\"1664\" data-end=\"1678\"\u003eRed Tatsoi\u003c\/strong\u003e for a pop of color, flavor, and nutrition—perfect for gourmet gardens and chefs who love eye-catching greens! 🥬🔴\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRed Tatsoi FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow in early spring or late summer to fall; cooler weather deepens the red. Warm regions (zones 8–10): fall is best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it bolt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, heat and long days cause bolting, so avoid late spring sowing in warm regions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is compact and grows well in pots 6 inches deep or more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49460026376466,"sku":"STL-9563185086738","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/Red_Pak_choi_2.png?v=1746488305"},{"product_id":"100-seeds-endive-seeds-witloof-chicory","title":"Endive 'Witloof' Chicory – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWitloof chicory \/ Belgian endive growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCichorium intybus (Witloof group)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial grown as an annual; roots forced indoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpring to early summer for root growth; dig roots in fall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–8 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–7 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 110–130 days for roots, then 3–4 weeks of forcing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWitloof Chicory (Belgian Endive)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWitloof is grown for its roots, which are dug in fall and forced indoors in the dark to produce pale, tight, crisp heads called chicons. Chicons are used fresh in salads or braised and roasted. Young green leaves can also be used in salads and stir fry, and the roots can be roasted as a coffee substitute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eCichorium intybus\u003c\/em\u003e (Witloof group)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3–7 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Biennial grown as an annual for its roots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhen to sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spring to early summer; dig roots in fall for forcing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6–8 inches apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChicory Growing Guide: https:\/\/youtu.be\/qBh_O4N5FbQ?si=MH7FzmAudeZcr5QU\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWitloof chicory \/ Belgian endive FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I get Belgian endive heads (chicons)?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow roots through the season, dig them in fall, trim tops to about 1 inch, then replant them upright in moist soil in a dark, cool spot (50–60°F). Pale chicons form in 3–4 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant Witloof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow in spring after last frost so roots develop through summer; in warm regions (zones 8–10), sow early spring before peak heat or late summer for roots dug in winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the leaves be eaten without forcing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, young green leaves can be used in salads, but they are more bitter than forced chicons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49780206764306,"sku":"STL-9656595775762","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/426570731_7106068836178300_7048266678704937065_n.jpg?v=1723172030"},{"product_id":"zucchini-greyzinni-summer-squash-non-gmo-hybrid-20-seeds","title":"Zucchini 'Greyzinni' Hybrid – 20 Seeds, Non-GMO","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrey Zucchini 'Greyzini' F1 growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCucurbita pepo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm-season annual, bush habit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks after last frost when soil is 65°F+; warm regions (zones 8–10) resow late summer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24–36 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 days at 70–90°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45–50 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eBring a taste of the Mediterranean to your garden with \u003cstrong\u003eZucchini Grey Summer Squash. \u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaturing in just 45-50 days, Zucchini Grey is perfect for those seeking an early and flavorful summer squash. Its tender texture and mild, versatile flavor make it ideal for grilling, roasting, or adding to soups and stir-fries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis reliable and productive variety thrives in garden plots, raised beds, and containers, delivering fresh, delicious squash all season long. Grow \u003cstrong\u003eZucchini Grey Summer Squash\u003c\/strong\u003e and enjoy a timeless favorite with rich heritage and modern appeal!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrey Zucchini 'Greyzini' F1 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant squash?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1–2 weeks after last frost once soil warms. Warm regions (zones 8–10): sow again in late summer for a fall crop that avoids peak squash vine borer season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick at 6–8 inches while skin is glossy and tender; check daily in summer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a pot of at least 5–10 gallons in full sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I save seeds from it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a hybrid, so saved seeds will not grow true to type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49780234092818,"sku":"STL-9656611504402","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/zucchinigrey2.png?v=1734630283"},{"product_id":"zucchini-black-beauty-summer-squash","title":"Zucchini 'Black Beauty' – 20 Seeds, Heirloom, Non-GMO","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBlack Beauty Zucchini growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCucurbita pepo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks after last frost when soil is 65°F+; warm regions (zones 8–10) can resow late summer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24–36 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 days at 70–90°F soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–60 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eCucurbita pepo | 50-60 Days | Heirloom | Non-GMO | Annual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow a classic garden favorite with \u003cstrong\u003eBlack Beauty Zucchini Summer Squash\u003c\/strong\u003e, an heirloom variety prized for its smooth, dark green fruits and prolific yields. Maturing in just 50-60 days, this zucchini produces tender, flavorful squash that’s perfect for grilling, sautéing, baking, or adding to soups and stews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plants are vigorous and easy to grow, thriving in garden plots, raised beds, and containers. With proper care, Black Beauty Zucchini delivers an abundant harvest throughout the season, ensuring plenty of fresh squash for your table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re a seasoned gardener or a beginner, \u003cstrong\u003eBlack Beauty Zucchini\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reliable and versatile choice that’s sure to impress with its flavor, productivity, and adaptability. Start growing this summer squash staple today!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBlack Beauty Zucchini FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant zucchini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1–2 weeks after last frost. Warm regions (zones 8–10): sow again in late summer for fall, which helps dodge squash vine borers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, use a pot of at least 5 gallons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen do I pick it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 6–8 inches long for best flavor; check daily since they grow fast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49780240974098,"sku":"STL-9656615436562","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/Zucchiniblackbeauty.png?v=1734628276"},{"product_id":"zucchini-golden-summer-squash-non-gmo-heirloom-20-seeds","title":"Zucchini 'Golden' – 20 Seeds, Heirloom, Non-GMO","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGolden Zucchini growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCucurbita pepo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm-season annual, bush habit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks after last frost when soil is 65°F+; warm regions (zones 8–10) resow late summer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24–36 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 days at 70–90°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55–65 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eCucurbita pepo | 55-65 Days | Heirloom | Open-Pollinated | Non-GMO | Annual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd a splash of sunshine to your garden with \u003cstrong\u003eGolden Zucchini Summer Squash\u003c\/strong\u003e, a stunning heirloom variety known for its vibrant golden-yellow fruits. Maturing in just 55-65 days, this squash is beginner-friendly and thrives all summer long until the first frost, ensuring a steady supply of fresh produce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile not as prolific as green zucchini varieties, Golden Zucchini makes up for it with its striking appearance and easy-to-spot fruits under the lush greenery. Harvest at 6-8 inches for the best flavor and tender texture, perfect for grilling, sautéing, or adding to your favorite dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGolden Zucchini FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant squash?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1–2 weeks after last frost once soil warms. Warm regions (zones 8–10): sow again in late summer for a fall crop that avoids peak squash vine borer season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick at 6–8 inches for best flavor and texture; check plants daily in summer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a pot of at least 5–10 gallons in full sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are my first fruits falling off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarly on, plants make mostly male flowers or poorly pollinated females. Fruit set improves as more flowers and bees appear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49780335902994,"sku":"STL-9656658493714","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/goldenzucchini.png?v=1734629303"},{"product_id":"swiss-chard-bright-lights","title":"Swiss Chard 'Bright Lights' – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSwiss Chard 'Bright Lights' growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeta vulgaris subsp. cicla\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial grown as cool-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks before last spring frost, or 8–10 weeks before first fall frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–12 inches apart, rows 18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–14 days at 50–85°F soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun (6+ hours) to light shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 60 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwiss Chard 'Bright Lights' is a stunning and versatile vegetable plant renowned for its vibrant, multicolored stems and lush green leaves. This variety of Swiss chard, scientifically known as \u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e subsp. \u003cem\u003ecicla\u003c\/em\u003e, is a member of the beet family but is grown for its tender leaves and stalks rather than roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColorful Stems:\u003c\/strong\u003e The most striking feature of 'Bright Lights' Swiss chard is its array of brilliantly colored stems. These can range from deep red and bright yellow to vivid orange, pink, purple, and white, adding a visual appeal to any garden or plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeaf Texture and Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e The dark green leaves are slightly crinkled, resembling spinach, with a mild, slightly earthy flavor. Both the stems and leaves are edible, offering a tender texture when cooked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e This plant is a biennial but is often grown as an annual. It has a sturdy, upright growth habit, reaching about 18-24 inches tall, making it a visually striking addition to vegetable gardens and ornamental beds alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e - 6+ hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity\u003c\/strong\u003e- 60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe optimal growing temperature \u003c\/strong\u003eis between\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e50°F and 75°F (10°C to 24°C).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNutritional content per 100 grams (about 3.5 ounces) of raw Swiss chard:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMacronutrients:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories\u003c\/strong\u003e: 19 kcal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtein\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1.8 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbohydrates\u003c\/strong\u003e: 3.7 g\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugars\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1.1 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiber\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1.6 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFat\u003c\/strong\u003e: 0.2 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVitamins:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin K\u003c\/strong\u003e: 830% of the Daily Value (DV)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin A\u003c\/strong\u003e: 122% of the DV (mostly as beta-carotene)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin C\u003c\/strong\u003e: 44% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin E\u003c\/strong\u003e: 10% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin B6\u003c\/strong\u003e: 9% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolate (Vitamin B9)\u003c\/strong\u003e: 12% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMinerals:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnesium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 20% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManganese\u003c\/strong\u003e: 29% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIron\u003c\/strong\u003e: 22% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePotassium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 11% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalcium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 5% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSwiss Chard 'Bright Lights' FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant chard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow in early spring 2–4 weeks before last frost. Warm regions (zones 8–10): fall and late winter are best; chard tolerates more heat than spinach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do several seedlings come up together?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach chard 'seed' is a cluster of seeds; thin to one plant per spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, use a pot at least 8–10 inches deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut outer stalks at the base and let the center keep growing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49780441940242,"sku":"STL-9656700043538","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/s-l1600_5d53f08a-f0f0-4098-909e-0721159ae091.png?v=1724545183"},{"product_id":"organic-swiss-chard-oriole-orange","title":"Organic Swiss Chard 'Oriole Orange' – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSwiss Chard 'Oriole Orange' growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeta vulgaris subsp. cicla\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial grown as cool-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks before last spring frost, or 8–10 weeks before first fall frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–12 inches apart, rows 18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–14 days at 50–85°F soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun (6+ hours) to light shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 60 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eScientific Name: Beta vulgaris subsp. cicla\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a great looking variety of Swiss Chard that produces green foliage with beautiful orange stems. Not just a great looking salad component but it is also high in nutrition. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwiss Chard is a cool season leafy green. It is great to grow it during either Fall or Spring. It is somewhat cold tolerant. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e - 6+ hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity\u003c\/strong\u003e- 60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe optimal growing temperature \u003c\/strong\u003eis between\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e50°F and 75°F (10°C to 24°C).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNutritional content per 100 grams (about 3.5 ounces) of raw Swiss chard:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMacronutrients:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories\u003c\/strong\u003e: 19 kcal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtein\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1.8 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbohydrates\u003c\/strong\u003e: 3.7 g\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugars\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1.1 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiber\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1.6 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFat\u003c\/strong\u003e: 0.2 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVitamins:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin K\u003c\/strong\u003e: 830% of the Daily Value (DV)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin A\u003c\/strong\u003e: 122% of the DV (mostly as beta-carotene)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin C\u003c\/strong\u003e: 44% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin E\u003c\/strong\u003e: 10% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin B6\u003c\/strong\u003e: 9% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolate (Vitamin B9)\u003c\/strong\u003e: 12% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMinerals:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnesium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 20% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManganese\u003c\/strong\u003e: 29% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIron\u003c\/strong\u003e: 22% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePotassium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 11% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalcium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 5% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSwiss Chard 'Oriole Orange' FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant chard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow in early spring 2–4 weeks before last frost. Warm regions (zones 8–10): fall and late winter are best; chard tolerates more heat than spinach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do several seedlings come up together?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach chard 'seed' is a cluster of seeds; thin to one plant per spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, use a pot at least 8–10 inches deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut outer stalks at the base and let the center keep growing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49780443775250,"sku":"STL-9656701649170","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/Screenshot2024-08-22155952.jpg?v=1724361111"},{"product_id":"swiss-chard-pink-100-seeds","title":"Swiss Chard 'Pink' – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSwiss Chard 'Pink' growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeta vulgaris subsp. vulgaris (Cicla Group)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial grown as an annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks before last frost through spring; warm regions (zones 8–10) also sow early fall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–12 inches; thin clusters to one plant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 days at 50–85°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to part shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–60 days; baby leaves in about 30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwiss Chard Pink (\u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e) is a vibrant leafy green with striking pink stems and dark green, crinkled leaves. This fast-growing, cold-hardy vegetable is a good source of vitamins A, C and K. Its tender leaves and mildly earthy stems are perfect for salads, sautés and soups. Easy to grow in garden beds or containers, Swiss Chard Pink is both ornamental and edible, offering a continuous harvest throughout the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSwiss Chard 'Pink' FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant Swiss chard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 2–4 weeks before last spring frost and again 6–8 weeks before first fall frost. Chard handles light frost and tolerates more heat than spinach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do several seedlings come up from one seed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach chard 'seed' is a cluster of seeds. Thin to the strongest seedling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a pot at least 8–10 inches deep with good drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I harvest without killing the plant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut outer leaves 1–2 inches above the soil and let the center keep growing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49780444594450,"sku":"STL-9656702501138","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/PinkSwissChard.png?v=1740169907"},{"product_id":"green-cardamom-live-plant-1-gallon-pot","title":"Green Cardamom (Elettaria cardamomum) – Live Plant, 1 Gallon Pot","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGreen cardamom growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElettaria cardamomum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright indirect light or partial shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep evenly moist; likes humidity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRich, well-drained potting mix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardiness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZones 10–11; protect below about 50°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMature size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 6–13 feet in the tropics; 2–4 feet in pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContainers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, 3–10 gallon pot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePot size shipped\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 gallon (plant about 10 inches tall)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eGreen Cardamom is a popular spice prized in kitchens around the world. It is sometimes referred to as the \"Queen of Spices\" due to its high value and widespread use, and it is one of the oldest known spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mother plant is growing robustly. The plants are grown by division from the mother plants from healthy rhizomes. Each plant is about 10\" tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Elaichi, Green Cardamom\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBotanical Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eElettaria cardamomum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Description:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrowth: Green cardamom is a perennial plant that can reach 6–13 feet in the tropics, usually 2–4 feet in pots. It has long, lance-shaped leaves and green stems.\u003cbr\u003eFlowers: Small, fragrant, white to pale green flowers with purple or yellow markings.\u003cbr\u003eFruits\/Pods: Small, triangular green pods containing small black seeds. Pods form on mature plants in warm, humid conditions.\u003cbr\u003eClimate: It thrives in tropical, warm, and humid climates, often growing under the shade of larger trees. Outside the tropics, grow it in a container in shade outdoors in summer and indoors in winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCulinary Uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFlavoring Agent: Green cardamom is widely used for its sweet, spicy, and aromatic flavor in curries, stews, desserts, and beverages like chai tea and coffee.\u003cbr\u003eBaking: It adds a distinct flavor to breads, cakes, and pastries.\u003cbr\u003eSpice Blends: Cardamom is a key ingredient in blends such as garam masala in Indian cuisine and Arabic coffee blends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips only to states in the US Mainland\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGreen cardamom FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow cardamom outside the tropics?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, as a container plant kept in shade outdoors in summer and indoors in winter. It does not tolerate frost or hot afternoon sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it produce pods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePods form only on mature plants (often 3+ years) in warm, humid conditions; indoor plants rarely fruit but the leaves are fragrant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it indoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it makes a good houseplant in bright, indirect light with regular watering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50132183908626,"sku":"STL-9753338282258","price":40.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20240816_095620.jpg?v=1723823597"},{"product_id":"swiss-chard-organic-ruby-red-100-seeds-copy","title":"Organic Swiss Chard 'Ruby Red' – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSwiss Chard 'Ruby Red' growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeta vulgaris subsp. cicla\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial grown as cool-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks before last spring frost, or 8–10 weeks before first fall frost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–12 inches apart, rows 18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–14 days at 50–85°F soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun (6+ hours) to light shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 60 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eScientific Name: Beta vulgaris subsp. cicla\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a great looking variety of Swiss Chard that produces green foliage with beautiful ruby-red stems. Not just a great looking salad component but it is also high in nutrition. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwiss Chard is a cool season leafy green. It is great to grow it during either Fall or Spring. It is somewhat cold tolerant. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e - 6+ hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity\u003c\/strong\u003e- 60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe optimal growing temperature \u003c\/strong\u003eis between\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e50°F and 75°F (10°C to 24°C).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNutritional content per 100 grams (about 3.5 ounces) of raw Swiss chard:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMacronutrients:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories\u003c\/strong\u003e: 19 kcal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtein\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1.8 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbohydrates\u003c\/strong\u003e: 3.7 g\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugars\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1.1 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiber\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1.6 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFat\u003c\/strong\u003e: 0.2 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVitamins:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin K\u003c\/strong\u003e: 830% of the Daily Value (DV)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin A\u003c\/strong\u003e: 122% of the DV (mostly as beta-carotene)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin C\u003c\/strong\u003e: 44% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin E\u003c\/strong\u003e: 10% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin B6\u003c\/strong\u003e: 9% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolate (Vitamin B9)\u003c\/strong\u003e: 12% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMinerals:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnesium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 20% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManganese\u003c\/strong\u003e: 29% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIron\u003c\/strong\u003e: 22% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePotassium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 11% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalcium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 5% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSwiss Chard 'Ruby Red' FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant chard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow in early spring 2–4 weeks before last frost. Warm regions (zones 8–10): fall and late winter are best; chard tolerates more heat than spinach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do several seedlings come up together?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach chard 'seed' is a cluster of seeds; thin to one plant per spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, use a pot at least 8–10 inches deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I harvest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut outer stalks at the base and let the center keep growing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50154531815698,"sku":"STL-9762434842898","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20220923_100122.jpg?v=1724362508"},{"product_id":"shiso-perilla-green-seeds","title":"Shiso 'Green' (Perilla) – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGreen Shiso growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerilla frutescens var. crispa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm-season annual herb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks after last frost once soil is warm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface sow; needs light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12–18 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–21 days at 68–75°F; cold-stratify 1–2 weeks to improve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun to partial shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 60–70 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eBotanical Name: \u003cem\u003ePerilla frutescens\u003c\/em\u003e var. \u003cem\u003ecrispa\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen shiso (Perilla frutescens), also known as Japanese basil or perilla, is a nutritious herb used in Asian cuisine. The fragrant leaves are eaten raw. This is a warm-season annual herb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Requirements:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade. It requires at least 4-6 hours of sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal Temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e:  68°F to 75°F (20°C to 24°C). Shiso thrives in warm weather but is sensitive to frost. Plant shiso after the last frost in spring, and avoid temperatures dropping below 50°F (10°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWell-draining soil\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shiso prefers \u003cstrong\u003erich, well-drained soil\u003c\/strong\u003e with good moisture retention. A loamy soil with a pH between \u003cstrong\u003e5.5 and 6.5\u003c\/strong\u003e is ideal, but it can tolerate a wide range of soil types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients\u003c\/strong\u003e: Adding organic matter, like compost, to the soil before planting enhances growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConsistent moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shiso requires regular watering to keep the soil consistently moist but not waterlogged. Avoid letting the soil dry out completely, especially in hot weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant spacing\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shiso plants should be spaced about 12 to 18 inches (30 to 45 cm) apart to allow for airflow and healthy growth, as they can become bushy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm, humid climates\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shiso grows best in warm, humid climates typical of summer conditions, but it can be grown as an annual in temperate regions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShiso is relatively easy to grow and can also be cultivated in containers, making it adaptable for various garden settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional content \u003c\/strong\u003eof green shiso per 100 grams (about 3.5 ounces) of raw leaves:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMacronutrients:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories\u003c\/strong\u003e: 37 kcal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtein\u003c\/strong\u003e: 2.9 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbohydrates\u003c\/strong\u003e: 7.4 g\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugars\u003c\/strong\u003e: 0 g (minimal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiber\u003c\/strong\u003e: 7.3 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFat\u003c\/strong\u003e: 0.2 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVitamins:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin A\u003c\/strong\u003e: 50% of the Daily Value (DV) (mostly as carotenoids)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin C\u003c\/strong\u003e: 43% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin K\u003c\/strong\u003e: 500% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolate (Vitamin B9)\u003c\/strong\u003e: 3% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMinerals:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalcium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 23% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIron\u003c\/strong\u003e: 21% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnesium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 13% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePotassium\u003c\/strong\u003e: 10% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManganese\u003c\/strong\u003e: 90% of the DV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Nutrients:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhenolic compounds\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shiso contains phenolic compounds and flavonoids, such as rosmarinic acid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOmega-3 Fatty Acids\u003c\/strong\u003e: Shiso seeds and leaves contain small amounts of omega-3 fatty acids, though the seed oil is a more concentrated source.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen shiso is a low-calorie herb with a good balance of fiber, vitamins, and minerals, and it is particularly high in Vitamin K.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGreen Shiso FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the seeds need special treatment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShiso germinates better after 1–2 weeks of cold, moist storage in the fridge. Sow on the surface since it needs light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant shiso?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the last frost in spring; it grows through hot summers, especially with afternoon shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow it in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a 2–3 gallon pot per plant works well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it reseed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, shiso self-sows freely; remove flower spikes if you do not want volunteers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Green Shiso\/ Perilla","offer_id":50154571825426,"sku":"STL-9762445623570","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20210605_125715.png?v=1724364778"},{"product_id":"butterfly-pea-plant-blue-double-flowers-clitoria-ternatae","title":"Butterfly Pea 'Blue Double' (Clitoria ternatea) – Live Plant, 5\" Pot","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDouble blue butterfly pea growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClitoria ternatea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate; let top inch dry between waterings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWell-drained, average soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardiness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZones 10–11; frost tender, killed by freezes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMature size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVine 6–10 ft with support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContainers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes; 10–12 inch pot with trellis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePot size shipped\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-inch pot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eButterfly Pea (\u003cem\u003eClitoria ternatea\u003c\/em\u003e) is a decorative vine with blue double flowers that attracts beneficial insects, a unique culinary plant, and a natural food coloring: the flowers are steeped to make a blue tea that turns purple with a squeeze of lemon. It is also an important flower in several religious rituals and a fun material for creative color-changing science experiments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis live plant ships in a 5-inch pot. Grow it in full sun with well-drained soil, and give it a trellis to climb; vines reach 6–10 feet. Butterfly pea is frost tender, so outside frost-free areas bring it indoors before the first freeze or grow it as an annual. It also does well in a 10–12 inch container with a small trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDouble blue butterfly pea FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it survive winter outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly in frost-free areas (zones 10+). Elsewhere, bring it inside before frost or treat it as an annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need a trellis?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it climbs by twining and needs a support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use the flowers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFresh or dried flowers are steeped to make a blue tea that turns purple with lemon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50163636994322,"sku":"STL-9764901323026","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20220912_103812-1-600x450.webp?v=1724532949"},{"product_id":"amaranth-midnight-red-100-seeds","title":"Amaranth 'Midnight Red' – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAmaranth 'Midnight Red' growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmaranthus cruentus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAfter last frost when soil is above 65°F; warm regions (zones 8–10) can sow into late summer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8–1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12–18 inches apart (closer for greens)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 days in warm soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeaves in about 30–45 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eMidnight Red Amaranth (Amaranthus cruentus) is a striking, fast-growing leafy green known for its deep red to burgundy foliage and nutrient-rich leaves. This heat-tolerant, drought-resistant plant thrives in various climates and is perfect for gardens or containers. Its tender young leaves are ideal for salads, stir-fries, and soups, offering a mild, slightly earthy flavor. Packed with vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants, Midnight Red Amaranth is a visually stunning and nutritious addition to any home garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAmaranth 'Midnight Red' FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant amaranth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow after the last frost through late summer in all regions. It thrives in heat and tolerates dry spells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich parts can be eaten?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYoung leaves and tender stems are cooked like spinach, and mature seeds can be harvested as grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it reseed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Amaranth can self-seed heavily; remove flower heads before seeds drop if you don't want volunteers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50163696140562,"sku":"STL-9764925440274","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/midnight_red_amaranth.png?v=1738701111"},{"product_id":"amaranthus-green-amaranth-500-seeds","title":"Amaranth 'Green' – 500 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGreen amaranth growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmaranthus viridis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm-season annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAfter last frost when soil is above 65°F; warm regions (zones 8–10) can sow into late summer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8–1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12–18 inches apart (closer for greens)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 days in warm soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeaves in about 30–45 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp data-start=\"23\" data-end=\"65\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"23\" data-end=\"42\"\u003eBotanical Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem data-start=\"43\" data-end=\"63\"\u003eAmaranthus viridis\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"67\" data-end=\"300\"\u003eGreen Amaranth is a fast-growing leafy green prized in tropical and subtropical regions for its tender, nutrient-rich leaves. It’s commonly used in Caribbean, African, and Asian cuisines and thrives in warm weather with minimal care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGreen amaranth FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant amaranth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow after the last frost through late summer in all regions. It thrives in heat and tolerates dry spells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich parts can be eaten?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYoung leaves and tender stems are cooked like spinach, and mature seeds can be harvested as grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it reseed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Amaranth can self-seed heavily; remove flower heads before seeds drop if you don't want volunteers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50163751616786,"sku":"STL-9764939727122","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20240820_101319_1.jpg?v=1724541450"},{"product_id":"car-seat-organizer-2-pk","title":"Car Seat Organizer 2-pk","description":"\u003cp\u003eNO MORE MESS IN THE CAR- \u003cbr\u003eThis car seat organizer fits on the back of the front seats. It is very thoughtfully designed taking into consideration the needs of all ages. Travel with ease with your friends, family, young children, or infants. It helps to keep your car clean. Kids can easily reach out and get the stuff they want. A lot of storage for toys, books, cups, baby wipes, and even a small blanket can fit into the bottom compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50183501906194,"sku":"STL-9769791947026","price":20.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/20171017_182043.png?v=1724867977"},{"product_id":"leek-seeds-100-large-american-flag-organic","title":"Organic Leek 'Large American Flag' – 100 Seeds","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLeek 'Large American Flag' growing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotanical name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllium ampeloprasum (Porrum group)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial grown as an annual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to sow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStart indoors 8–10 weeks before transplanting; warm regions (zones 8–10) sow late summer for fall–winter growth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSowing depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 inches apart in rows 18–24 inches apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–14 days at 60–75°F soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDays to harvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeeds per pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\" line-height: 107%; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast- mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi- mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;\"\u003eGrowing leeks is rewarding because they are easy to cultivate, hardy, and offer a long harvest season. Their mild, sweet flavor enhances a variety of dishes, and they're packed with nutrients like vitamins A, C, and K. Leeks are also pest-resistant, low-maintenance, and can be harvested well into the colder months, making them a versatile and nutritious addition to your garden.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\" line-height: 107%; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast- mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi- mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;\"\u003eScientific Name: \u003cem\u003eAllium ampeloprasum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\" line-height: 107%; mso-ascii-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-fareast- mso-fareast-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-hansi-theme-font: minor-latin; mso-bidi- mso-bidi-theme-font: minor-bidi; mso-ansi-language: EN-US; mso-fareast-language: EN-US; mso-bidi-language: AR-SA;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDays to Maturity- 105\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLeek 'Large American Flag' FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I plant leeks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCold regions (zones 3–6): start indoors 10–12 weeks before last frost and transplant in spring. Warm regions (zones 8–10): start in late summer and transplant in early fall for winter harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I get long white stems?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet transplants in a 6-inch trench or hill soil around the stems as they grow. This blanches the shank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre leeks cold-hardy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Large American Flag tolerates frost and light freezes and can be harvested through winter in mild and warm regions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow leeks in a container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, in a pot at least 10–12 inches deep, spacing plants about 4–6 inches apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50183718273298,"sku":"STL-9769825239314","price":3.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/leek-american-flag-seeds-wm_700.png?v=1724869445"},{"product_id":"saffron-crocus-10-bulbs","title":"Large Saffron Crocus Corms (9\/10–10+ cm) - 10 Bulbs - Crocus sativus","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaffron planting facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaffron crocus (Crocus sativus), flowering-size corms 9\/10–10+ cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to plant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAugust to October, for flowers the same fall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth and spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 inches deep, 4 inches apart, pointed tip up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun (6+ hours a day)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoose, fast-draining soil; corms rot in wet ground. Raised beds and containers work well\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOnce at planting in pre-moistened soil, then none until leaves or flowers appear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBloom time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–8 weeks after planting, usually mid-October to mid-December, for about 3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHarvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 red stigmas (saffron threads) per flower; pick flowers in the morning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardiness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA zones 6–9 in the ground; in colder zones grow in pots or lift and store corms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePerennial?\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes. Corms go dormant in summer, return each fall and multiply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-size\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy corm size matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSaffron corms are sold by circumference. Bigger corms store more energy, so they flower more reliably in the first fall and produce more flowers, and more saffron threads, per corm. Our corms measure \u003cstrong\u003e9\/10–10+ cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorm size (circumference)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat to expect in the first fall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOften leaves only, no flowers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\/8–8\/9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually flowers, with fewer flowers per corm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9\/10–10+ cm (our corms)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering size, with more flowers per corm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"saffron-buy-box\" style=\"margin:0 0 1.25rem;padding:1rem 1.1rem;border:1px solid #c5d5c5;border-radius:8px;background:#f3f7f3;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 .5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant now for fall blooms\u003c\/strong\u003e · Flowers usually appear 6–8 weeks after planting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMature flowering-size corms (9\/10–10+ cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips from Texas · USPS · rate shown at checkout (often ~$6–$15 for smaller packs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips within 1–2 business days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse code \u003cstrong\u003eSAFFRON10\u003c\/strong\u003e for 10% off saffron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the beauty and value of \u003cstrong data-end=\"215\" data-start=\"180\"\u003eSaffron Crocus (Crocus sativus)\u003c\/strong\u003e with our premium bulbs. Each bulb is \u003cstrong data-end=\"288\" data-start=\"253\"\u003e9\/10 to 10+ cm in circumference\u003c\/strong\u003e, carefully selected for strength, health, and high flowering potential. With \u003cstrong data-end=\"387\" data-start=\"366\"\u003e3 years of growth\u003c\/strong\u003e, these mature bulbs are ready to reward you with abundant saffron blooms and rich red stigmas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eSaffron crocus (Crocus sativus), known as the source of the luxurious spice \"red gold,\" is an extraordinary plant that offers both beauty and value. Growing saffron requires a bit of care, but the rewards are well worth it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting Saffron Crocus Corms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a well-draining mix of potting soil, perlite\/sand, a bit of vermicompost\/compost, and a moderate amount of fertilizer. The soil should be fluffy and not clump when compressed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plant corms 4 inches deep and 4 inches apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saffron plants thrive in full sun. Position the pots or ground beds where they won't receive water from sprinklers, as the corms need dry conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protect the corms from rodents by using wire mesh or by planting them in containers or raised beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water the corms only when planting them in pre-moistened soil; no additional watering is needed until growth appears in fall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowth and Bloom\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Timing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flowers usually appear 6-8 weeks after planting, typically from mid-October to mid-December, often coinciding with the cold front. Bloom lasts about 3 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObservation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The flowers may emerge alone or with grass-like leaves. Look for a white semi-transparent stalk as an early sign of blooming. Harvest the flowers early in the morning, as they bloom and fade within a few hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDormancy and Overwintering\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDormancy:\u003c\/strong\u003e After blooming, the corms go dormant in summer, but they will re-emerge in fall. The leaves may also reappear in spring without blooming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCold Climates:\u003c\/strong\u003e In colder regions, dig up the corms and store them in sand or dry peat moss at 40-50°F. Replant them in early spring, but avoid watering until fall growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting and Using Saffron\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each flower produces three red stigmas, the precious saffron strands. Store the flowers in the refrigerator to keep them fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saffron can be used fresh or dried. To use, soak the strands in hot milk or water, then crush to release the golden color, perfect for garnishing dishes like basmati rice or pilaf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these steps, you can successfully grow and harvest your own saffron, enjoying both the visual beauty of the flowers and the culinary richness of the spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaffron FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow saffron from seeds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Saffron crocus does not produce viable seeds, so it is always grown from corms (bulbs). Products sold as \"saffron seeds\" will not grow saffron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much saffron will I get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach flower gives 3 red threads, and about 150 flowers make 1 gram of dried saffron. A flowering-size corm usually produces 1–3 flowers in its first fall, and the corms multiply every year, so the harvest grows over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will my saffron flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 6–8 weeks after planting, usually between mid-October and mid-December. Look for a white, semi-transparent stalk just before the flower opens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow saffron in pots or in my region?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a pot at least 6 inches deep with drainage holes and a gritty, well-draining mix. Saffron grows well in zones 6–9 as long as the soil stays dry in summer and sprinklers don't reach it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it too late to plant this year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant by the end of October for flowers this fall. Corms planted later still grow, but may flower less in the first season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo saffron corms come back every year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After flowering the leaves grow through winter and spring, then the corms rest in summer and flower again the next fall, with new baby corms each year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50184052670738,"sku":"STL-9769926295826","price":15.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/rn-image_picker_lib_temp_839a37ec-6977-4312-a988-7a1bea4f380a.jpg?v=1755904808"},{"product_id":"saffron-crocus-25-bulbs-crocus-sativus","title":"Large Saffron Crocus Corms (9\/10–10+ cm) - 25 Bulbs - Crocus sativus","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaffron planting facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaffron crocus (Crocus sativus), flowering-size corms 9\/10–10+ cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to plant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAugust to October, for flowers the same fall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth and spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 inches deep, 4 inches apart, pointed tip up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun (6+ hours a day)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoose, fast-draining soil; corms rot in wet ground. Raised beds and containers work well\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOnce at planting in pre-moistened soil, then none until leaves or flowers appear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBloom time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–8 weeks after planting, usually mid-October to mid-December, for about 3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHarvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 red stigmas (saffron threads) per flower; pick flowers in the morning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardiness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA zones 6–9 in the ground; in colder zones grow in pots or lift and store corms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePerennial?\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes. Corms go dormant in summer, return each fall and multiply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-size\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy corm size matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSaffron corms are sold by circumference. Bigger corms store more energy, so they flower more reliably in the first fall and produce more flowers, and more saffron threads, per corm. Our corms measure \u003cstrong\u003e9\/10–10+ cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorm size (circumference)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat to expect in the first fall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOften leaves only, no flowers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\/8–8\/9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually flowers, with fewer flowers per corm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9\/10–10+ cm (our corms)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering size, with more flowers per corm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"saffron-buy-box\" style=\"margin:0 0 1.25rem;padding:1rem 1.1rem;border:1px solid #c5d5c5;border-radius:8px;background:#f3f7f3;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 .5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant now for fall blooms\u003c\/strong\u003e · Flowers usually appear 6–8 weeks after planting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMature flowering-size corms (9\/10–10+ cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips from Texas · USPS · rate shown at checkout (often ~$6–$15 for smaller packs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips within 1–2 business days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse code \u003cstrong\u003eSAFFRON10\u003c\/strong\u003e for 10% off saffron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the beauty and value of \u003cstrong data-end=\"215\" data-start=\"180\"\u003eSaffron Crocus (Crocus sativus)\u003c\/strong\u003e with our premium bulbs. Each bulb is \u003cstrong data-end=\"288\" data-start=\"253\"\u003e9\/10 to 10+ cm in circumference\u003c\/strong\u003e, carefully selected for strength, health, and high flowering potential. With \u003cstrong data-end=\"387\" data-start=\"366\"\u003e3 years of growth\u003c\/strong\u003e, these mature bulbs are ready to reward you with abundant saffron blooms and rich red stigmas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eSaffron crocus (Crocus sativus), known as the source of the luxurious spice \"red gold,\" is an extraordinary plant that offers both beauty and value. Growing saffron requires a bit of care, but the rewards are well worth it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting Saffron Crocus Corms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a well-draining mix of potting soil, perlite\/sand, a bit of vermicompost\/compost, and a moderate amount of fertilizer. The soil should be fluffy and not clump when compressed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plant corms 4 inches deep and 4 inches apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saffron plants thrive in full sun. Position the pots or ground beds where they won't receive water from sprinklers, as the corms need dry conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protect the corms from rodents by using wire mesh or by planting them in containers or raised beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water the corms only when planting them in pre-moistened soil; no additional watering is needed until growth appears in fall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowth and Bloom\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Timing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flowers usually appear 6-8 weeks after planting, typically from mid-October to mid-December, often coinciding with the cold front. Bloom lasts about 3 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObservation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The flowers may emerge alone or with grass-like leaves. Look for a white semi-transparent stalk as an early sign of blooming. Harvest the flowers early in the morning, as they bloom and fade within a few hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDormancy and Overwintering\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDormancy:\u003c\/strong\u003e After blooming, the corms go dormant in summer, but they will re-emerge in fall. The leaves may also reappear in spring without blooming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCold Climates:\u003c\/strong\u003e In colder regions, dig up the corms and store them in sand or dry peat moss at 40-50°F. Replant them in early spring, but avoid watering until fall growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting and Using Saffron\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each flower produces three red stigmas, the precious saffron strands. Store the flowers in the refrigerator to keep them fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saffron can be used fresh or dried. To use, soak the strands in hot milk or water, then crush to release the golden color, perfect for garnishing dishes like basmati rice or pilaf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these steps, you can successfully grow and harvest your own saffron, enjoying both the visual beauty of the flowers and the culinary richness of the spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaffron FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow saffron from seeds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Saffron crocus does not produce viable seeds, so it is always grown from corms (bulbs). Products sold as \"saffron seeds\" will not grow saffron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much saffron will I get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach flower gives 3 red threads, and about 150 flowers make 1 gram of dried saffron. A flowering-size corm usually produces 1–3 flowers in its first fall, and the corms multiply every year, so the harvest grows over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will my saffron flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 6–8 weeks after planting, usually between mid-October and mid-December. Look for a white, semi-transparent stalk just before the flower opens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow saffron in pots or in my region?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a pot at least 6 inches deep with drainage holes and a gritty, well-draining mix. Saffron grows well in zones 6–9 as long as the soil stays dry in summer and sprinklers don't reach it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it too late to plant this year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant by the end of October for flowers this fall. Corms planted later still grow, but may flower less in the first season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo saffron corms come back every year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After flowering the leaves grow through winter and spring, then the corms rest in summer and flower again the next fall, with new baby corms each year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50184158707986,"sku":"STL-9769948807442","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/rn-image_picker_lib_temp_031d1816-d612-41d7-97a7-241f6445de24.jpg?v=1755904710"},{"product_id":"saffron-crocus-50-bulbs-crocus-sativus","title":"Large Saffron Crocus Corms (9\/10–10+ cm) - 50 Bulbs - Crocus sativus","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaffron planting facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaffron crocus (Crocus sativus), flowering-size corms 9\/10–10+ cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to plant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAugust to October, for flowers the same fall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth and spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 inches deep, 4 inches apart, pointed tip up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun (6+ hours a day)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoose, fast-draining soil; corms rot in wet ground. Raised beds and containers work well\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOnce at planting in pre-moistened soil, then none until leaves or flowers appear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBloom time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–8 weeks after planting, usually mid-October to mid-December, for about 3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHarvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 red stigmas (saffron threads) per flower; pick flowers in the morning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardiness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA zones 6–9 in the ground; in colder zones grow in pots or lift and store corms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePerennial?\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes. Corms go dormant in summer, return each fall and multiply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-size\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy corm size matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSaffron corms are sold by circumference. Bigger corms store more energy, so they flower more reliably in the first fall and produce more flowers, and more saffron threads, per corm. Our corms measure \u003cstrong\u003e9\/10–10+ cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorm size (circumference)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat to expect in the first fall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOften leaves only, no flowers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\/8–8\/9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually flowers, with fewer flowers per corm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9\/10–10+ cm (our corms)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering size, with more flowers per corm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"saffron-buy-box\" style=\"margin:0 0 1.25rem;padding:1rem 1.1rem;border:1px solid #c5d5c5;border-radius:8px;background:#f3f7f3;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 .5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant now for fall blooms\u003c\/strong\u003e · Flowers usually appear 6–8 weeks after planting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMature flowering-size corms (9\/10–10+ cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips from Texas · USPS · rate shown at checkout (often ~$6–$15 for smaller packs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips within 1–2 business days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse code \u003cstrong\u003eSAFFRON10\u003c\/strong\u003e for 10% off saffron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the beauty and value of \u003cstrong data-start=\"180\" data-end=\"215\"\u003eSaffron Crocus (Crocus sativus)\u003c\/strong\u003e with our premium bulbs. Each bulb is \u003cstrong data-start=\"253\" data-end=\"288\"\u003e9\/10 to 10+ cm in circumference\u003c\/strong\u003e, carefully selected for strength, health, and high flowering potential. With \u003cstrong data-start=\"366\" data-end=\"387\"\u003e3 years of growth\u003c\/strong\u003e, these mature bulbs are ready to reward you with abundant saffron blooms and rich red stigmas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eSaffron crocus (Crocus sativus), known as the source of the luxurious spice \"red gold,\" is an extraordinary plant that offers both beauty and value. Growing saffron requires a bit of care, but the rewards are well worth it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting Saffron Crocus Corms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a well-draining mix of potting soil, perlite\/sand, a bit of vermicompost\/compost, and a moderate amount of fertilizer. The soil should be fluffy and not clump when compressed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plant corms 4 inches deep and 4 inches apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saffron plants thrive in full sun. Position the pots or ground beds where they won't receive water from sprinklers, as the corms need dry conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protect the corms from rodents by using wire mesh or by planting them in containers or raised beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water the corms only when planting them in pre-moistened soil; no additional watering is needed until growth appears in fall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowth and Bloom\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Timing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flowers usually appear 6-8 weeks after planting, typically from mid-October to mid-December, often coinciding with the cold front. Bloom lasts about 3 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObservation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The flowers may emerge alone or with grass-like leaves. Look for a white semi-transparent stalk as an early sign of blooming. Harvest the flowers early in the morning, as they bloom and fade within a few hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDormancy and Overwintering\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDormancy:\u003c\/strong\u003e After blooming, the corms go dormant in summer, but they will re-emerge in fall. The leaves may also reappear in spring without blooming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCold Climates:\u003c\/strong\u003e In colder regions, dig up the corms and store them in sand or dry peat moss at 40-50°F. Replant them in early spring, but avoid watering until fall growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting and Using Saffron\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each flower produces three red stigmas, the precious saffron strands. Store the flowers in the refrigerator to keep them fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saffron can be used fresh or dried. To use, soak the strands in hot milk or water, then crush to release the golden color, perfect for garnishing dishes like basmati rice or pilaf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these steps, you can successfully grow and harvest your own saffron, enjoying both the visual beauty of the flowers and the culinary richness of the spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaffron FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow saffron from seeds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Saffron crocus does not produce viable seeds, so it is always grown from corms (bulbs). Products sold as \"saffron seeds\" will not grow saffron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much saffron will I get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach flower gives 3 red threads, and about 150 flowers make 1 gram of dried saffron. A flowering-size corm usually produces 1–3 flowers in its first fall, and the corms multiply every year, so the harvest grows over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will my saffron flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 6–8 weeks after planting, usually between mid-October and mid-December. Look for a white, semi-transparent stalk just before the flower opens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow saffron in pots or in my region?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a pot at least 6 inches deep with drainage holes and a gritty, well-draining mix. Saffron is hardy in zones 6–9 in the ground as long as the soil stays dry and sprinklers don't reach it; in colder regions grow it in pots and protect from hard freezes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it too late to plant this year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant by the end of October for flowers this fall. Corms planted later still grow, but may flower less in the first season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo saffron corms come back every year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After flowering the leaves grow through winter and spring, then the corms rest in summer and flower again the next fall, with new baby corms each year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50184187707666,"sku":"STL-9769950904594","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/rn-image_picker_lib_temp_105bfcb4-ddbb-44b4-afec-452b27a8f4fc.jpg?v=1755904446"},{"product_id":"saffron-crocus-100-bulbs-crocus-sativus","title":"Large Saffron Crocus Corms (9\/10–10+ cm) - 100 Bulbs - Crocus sativus","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"stl-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaffron planting facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaffron crocus (Crocus sativus), flowering-size corms 9\/10–10+ cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhen to plant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAugust to October, for flowers the same fall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth and spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 inches deep, 4 inches apart, pointed tip up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun (6+ hours a day)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoose, fast-draining soil; corms rot in wet ground. Raised beds and containers work well\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOnce at planting in pre-moistened soil, then none until leaves or flowers appear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBloom time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–8 weeks after planting, usually mid-October to mid-December, for about 3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHarvest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 red stigmas (saffron threads) per flower; pick flowers in the morning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardiness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA zones 6–9 in the ground; in colder zones grow in pots or lift and store corms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePerennial?\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes. Corms go dormant in summer, return each fall and multiply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips from Texas within 1–2 business days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-size\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy corm size matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSaffron corms are sold by circumference. Bigger corms store more energy, so they flower more reliably in the first fall and produce more flowers, and more saffron threads, per corm. Our corms measure \u003cstrong\u003e9\/10–10+ cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorm size (circumference)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat to expect in the first fall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOften leaves only, no flowers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\/8–8\/9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually flowers, with fewer flowers per corm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9\/10–10+ cm (our corms)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlowering size, with more flowers per corm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"saffron-buy-box\" style=\"margin:0 0 1.25rem;padding:1rem 1.1rem;border:1px solid #c5d5c5;border-radius:8px;background:#f3f7f3;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 .5rem;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant now for fall blooms\u003c\/strong\u003e · Flowers usually appear 6–8 weeks after planting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMature flowering-size corms (9\/10–10+ cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips from Texas · USPS · rate shown at checkout (often ~$6–$15 for smaller packs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips within 1–2 business days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse code \u003cstrong\u003eSAFFRON10\u003c\/strong\u003e for 10% off saffron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eDiscover the beauty and value of \u003cstrong\u003eSaffron Crocus (Crocus sativus)\u003c\/strong\u003e with our premium bulbs. Each bulb is \u003cstrong\u003e9\/10 to 10+ cm in circumference\u003c\/strong\u003e, carefully selected for strength, health, and high flowering potential. With \u003cstrong\u003e3 years of growth\u003c\/strong\u003e, these mature bulbs are ready to reward you with abundant saffron blooms and rich red stigmas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eSaffron crocus (Crocus sativus), known as the source of the luxurious spice \"red gold,\" is an extraordinary plant that offers both beauty and value. Growing saffron requires a bit of care, but the rewards are well worth it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting Saffron Crocus Corms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a well-draining mix of potting soil, perlite\/sand, a bit of vermicompost\/compost, and a moderate amount of fertilizer. The soil should be fluffy and not clump when compressed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plant corms 4 inches deep and 4 inches apart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saffron plants thrive in full sun. Position the pots or ground beds where they won't receive water from sprinklers, as the corms need dry conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protect the corms from rodents by using wire mesh or by planting them in containers or raised beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water the corms only when planting them in pre-moistened soil; no additional watering is needed until growth appears in fall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowth and Bloom\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBloom Timing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flowers usually appear 6-8 weeks after planting, typically from mid-October to mid-December, often coinciding with the cold front. Bloom lasts about 3 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eObservation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The flowers may emerge alone or with grass-like leaves. Look for a white semi-transparent stalk as an early sign of blooming. Harvest the flowers early in the morning, as they bloom and fade within a few hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDormancy and Overwintering\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDormancy:\u003c\/strong\u003e After blooming, the corms go dormant in summer, but they will re-emerge in fall. The leaves may also reappear in spring without blooming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCold Climates:\u003c\/strong\u003e In colder regions, dig up the corms and store them in sand or dry peat moss at 40-50°F. Replant them in early spring, but avoid watering until fall growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting and Using Saffron\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each flower produces three red stigmas, the precious saffron strands. Store the flowers in the refrigerator to keep them fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saffron can be used fresh or dried. To use, soak the strands in hot milk or water, then crush to release the golden color, perfect for garnishing dishes like basmati rice or pilaf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these steps, you can successfully grow and harvest your own saffron, enjoying both the visual beauty of the flowers and the culinary richness of the spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"stl-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaffron FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow saffron from seeds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Saffron crocus does not produce viable seeds, so it is always grown from corms (bulbs). Products sold as \"saffron seeds\" will not grow saffron.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much saffron will I get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach flower gives 3 red threads, and about 150 flowers make 1 gram of dried saffron. A flowering-size corm usually produces 1–3 flowers in its first fall, and the corms multiply every year, so the harvest grows over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen will my saffron flower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 6–8 weeks after planting, usually between mid-October and mid-December. Look for a white, semi-transparent stalk just before the flower opens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I grow saffron in pots or in my region?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a pot at least 6 inches deep with drainage holes and a gritty, well-draining mix. Saffron grows well in zones 6–9 as long as the soil stays dry in summer and sprinklers don't reach it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it too late to plant this year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant by the end of October for flowers this fall. Corms planted later still grow, but may flower less in the first season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo saffron corms come back every year?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. After flowering the leaves grow through winter and spring, then the corms rest in summer and flower again the next fall, with new baby corms each year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Seed To Life","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50184212480274,"sku":"STL-9769952477458","price":105.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0837\/0965\/7362\/files\/372137423_6096467163792871_7653419763890560243_n.jpg?v=1755904808"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.aseedtolife.com\/collections\/all-products.oembed?page=19","provider":"Seed To Life","version":"1.0","type":"link"}